WO2012133169A1 - Liquid crystal display device - Google Patents
Liquid crystal display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2012133169A1 WO2012133169A1 PCT/JP2012/057488 JP2012057488W WO2012133169A1 WO 2012133169 A1 WO2012133169 A1 WO 2012133169A1 JP 2012057488 W JP2012057488 W JP 2012057488W WO 2012133169 A1 WO2012133169 A1 WO 2012133169A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- polarizing plate
- film
- liquid crystal
- acid
- plate protective
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B23/00—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
- B32B23/20—Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising esters
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/30—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
- B32B27/308—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising acrylic (co)polymers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B27/00—Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
- G02B27/28—Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00 for polarising
- G02B27/281—Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00 for polarising used for attenuating light intensity, e.g. comprising rotatable polarising elements
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2457/00—Electrical equipment
- B32B2457/20—Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
- B32B2457/202—LCD, i.e. liquid crystal displays
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
- G02F1/13363—Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation
- G02F1/133635—Multifunctional compensators
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F2201/00—Constructional arrangements not provided for in groups G02F1/00 - G02F7/00
- G02F2201/50—Protective arrangements
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device. More specifically, in a liquid crystal display device with a high aperture ratio and high front contrast, the unevenness of contrast due to the polarizing plate protective film is not noticeable, and in a stereoscopic (3D) image display device, when the image is observed with the neck tilted
- the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device that does not generate crosstalk.
- a stereoscopic (3D) video display device using a liquid crystal display device has been actively developed, and a ⁇ / 4 plate, which is an optical film, is used for 3D viewing glasses and a viewing side surface of a stereoscopic (3D) video display device.
- a system for viewing stereoscopic images has been studied.
- the field of view tends to be darkened by wearing the 3D viewing glasses, and it is required to increase the contrast of the stereoscopic (3D) video display device.
- Patent Document 1 discloses a technique in which the front contrast is increased and the color shift is improved by the configuration of the retardation film used on the liquid crystal cell side of the VA mode liquid crystal display device.
- contrast unevenness, color shift, and crosstalk when observing an image with a neck tilted in a stereoscopic (3D) image display device. Problems are not improved.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and the problem to be solved is that in a liquid crystal display device having a high aperture ratio and high front contrast, unevenness in contrast and color shift due to the polarizing plate protective film are conspicuous.
- it is to provide a liquid crystal display device that does not generate crosstalk when a stereoscopic (3D) video display device is tilted to observe the video.
- the present inventor has a viewing side polarizing plate, a VA mode type liquid crystal cell, and a backlight side polarizing plate in this order from the viewing side in the process of studying the cause of the above problem and the like.
- the polarizing plate protective film located on the viewing side is a ⁇ / 4 plate, and the two polarizing plate protective films located between the VA mode type liquid crystal cells have a specific retardation. It has been found that the above problems can be solved by the liquid crystal display device as described above, and the present invention has been achieved.
- a viewing side polarizing plate having a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films, a VA mode type liquid crystal cell, and a backlight side polarizing having a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films
- a liquid crystal display device having plates in this order from the viewing side, wherein the polarizing plate protective film located on the viewing side of the viewing side polarizing plate is a ⁇ / 4 plate, and is located across the VA mode type liquid crystal cell
- One of the two polarizing plate protective films is a film having a retardation represented by the following requirement (1), and the other polarizing plate protective film is a retardation represented by the following requirement (2)
- a liquid crystal display device characterized by being a film having
- the in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 150 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II).
- Rt (590) is in the range of 220 to 400 nm.
- In-plane retardation value Ro defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 0 to 10 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II).
- Rt (590) is in the range of ⁇ 15 to 15 nm.
- Ro (590) (n x ⁇ n y ) ⁇ d (nm)
- Rt (590) ⁇ (n x + n y ) / 2 ⁇ n z ⁇ ⁇ d (nm)
- Ro (590) represents the retardation value in the in-plane direction of the film at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm
- Rt (590) represents a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH.
- d represents the thickness (nm) of the polarizing plate protective film.
- n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film
- n y is in the plane direction of the film
- n z Represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film.
- Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm.
- the polarizing plate protective film positioned on the viewing side with respect to the liquid crystal cell satisfies the requirement (1).
- the polarizing plate protective film located on the backlight side with respect to the liquid crystal cell includes a cellulose ester resin and an acrylic resin, The liquid crystal display device according to any one of the first to third items.
- liquid crystal display device according to claim 1, wherein the liquid crystal display device has a color filter on array (COA) structure.
- COA color filter on array
- the polarizing plate protective film located on the backlight side is a brightness enhancement film.
- a liquid crystal display device with a high aperture ratio and a high front contrast contrast unevenness and color shift caused by the polarizing plate protective film are not noticeable, and the neck is tilted in a stereoscopic (3D) image display device to display an image. It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device that does not generate crosstalk when observed.
- the retardation value Ro (590) in the in-plane direction is in the range of 20 to 70 nm
- the retardation value Rt (590) in the thickness direction is in the range of 70 to 200 nm.
- the retardation film is disposed on both sides of the liquid crystal cell to expand the viewing angle, but the retardation film does not necessarily have a uniform retardation over the entire film surface.
- the unevenness of the two retardation films interfered with each other to increase the unevenness of contrast.
- the unevenness of the retardation film positioned on the backlight side with respect to the liquid crystal cell is considered to have a great influence because it causes unevenness in the incident light to the liquid crystal cell.
- one of the two polarizing plate protective films located across the liquid crystal cell is a film having a higher retardation than the conventional one,
- the other film By making the other film a film having little retardation, it is considered that the unevenness between the films having the retardation can be prevented from interfering and expanding, and the unevenness can be reduced.
- the non-uniformity incident light can be given to the liquid crystal cell by positioning the film having no phase difference on the backlight side, and further, the overall contrast unevenness can be reduced. .
- Example of configuration of liquid crystal display device having VA mode type liquid crystal cell of the present invention Conceptual diagram showing an example of a configuration of a conventional liquid vertical alignment type (VA type) liquid crystal display device Schematic diagram showing oblique stretching with a tenter Schematic diagram of a 3D image display device (system with one polarizing plate for glasses) Schematic diagram of stereoscopic image display device (system with two polarizing plates for glasses)
- VA type liquid vertical alignment type
- a viewing side polarizing plate having a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films, a VA mode type liquid crystal cell, and a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films.
- a liquid crystal display device having a backlight side polarizing plate having a structure in this order from the viewing side, wherein the polarizing plate protective film positioned on the viewing side of the viewing side polarizing plate is a ⁇ / 4 plate, and the VA mode
- One of the two polarizing plate protective films located across the liquid crystal cell is a film having a retardation expressed by the following requirement (1), and the other polarizing plate protective film has the following requirements (2 ) Is a film having a retardation represented by.
- the in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 150 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the formula (II).
- Rt (590) is in the range of 220 to 400 nm.
- the in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the formula (I) is in the range of 0 to 10 nm, and the thickness direction retardation value is defined by the formula (II).
- Rt (590) is in the range of ⁇ 15 to 15 nm.
- the protective film As an embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of manifesting the effects of the present invention, of the two polarizing plate protective films positioned with the VA mode liquid crystal cell in between, the polarizing plate positioned on the viewing side with respect to the liquid crystal cell
- the protective film satisfies the requirement (1), it reduces contrast unevenness and color shift, and remarkably suppresses the occurrence of crosstalk when the head is tilted and observed in a stereoscopic (3D) video display device. Preferred above.
- the polarizing plate protective film contains at least cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree X of 2.0 ⁇ X ⁇ 2.7.
- the polarizing plate protective film located in the backlight side with respect to a liquid crystal cell among two polarizing plate protective films located on both sides of the said VA mode type liquid crystal cell may contain a cellulose ester resin and an acrylic resin. From the viewpoint of obtaining a retardation film satisfying the requirement (2).
- the VA mode type liquid crystal cell is preferably an SPVA mode type, the liquid crystal display device has an aperture ratio of 65% or more, and the liquid crystal display device has a color filter on array (COA) structure. Is preferable from the viewpoint of improving visibility and contrast.
- COA color filter on array
- the polarizing plate protective film located on the backlight side is preferably a brightness improving film from the viewpoint of improving the contrast.
- FIG. 1 shows an example of the configuration of a liquid crystal display device having a VA mode type liquid crystal cell of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to this.
- the polarizing plate according to the present invention has a structure in which polarizers 1 and 10 are sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films, and a viewing side polarizing plate is provided on both sides of a liquid crystal cell 15 having a VA mode type liquid crystal 5. 13 and a backlight side polarizing plate 14 are arranged.
- the polarizing plate protective films 2, 3, 9, and 11 according to the present invention are referred to as polarizing plate protective films T1, T2, T3, and T4, respectively, in order to distinguish them.
- the polarizing plate protective film T1 according to the present invention is a ⁇ / 4 plate, and the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 are polarizing plate protective films satisfying the above requirements (1) and (2).
- the liquid crystal cell 15 is filled with VA mode type liquid crystal 5 between the transparent substrates 4 and 8, and the color filter 6 and the thin film transistor 7 are installed on the backlight 12 side of the liquid crystal cell, and this structure is a color filter on array (COA). It is called.
- the backlight 12 may be a cold cathode tube or an LED, but is preferably an LED for improving the contrast.
- the VA mode type liquid crystal display device is preferably an SPVA mode type.
- the SPVA mode has a common electrode layer patterned on a color filter substrate and a pixel electrode layer patterned on an array substrate to define multiple domains.
- a wide viewing angle can be secured by forming a fringe field and uniformly dispersing the tilting direction of the liquid crystal in various directions.
- DCC acceleration method
- SPVA forms two separated pixel electrode regions (main pixel and sub-pixel) having different pixel voltages in one pixel region, and is an excellent method for widening the viewing angle while maintaining high contrast.
- the COA method includes, for example, a color filter integrated drive substrate in which a color filter is directly formed on a drive side substrate of a liquid crystal cell, and a counter electrode (conductive layer) as described in JP-A-10-206888. ) And a counter substrate with a spacer interposed therebetween, and a liquid crystal material is sealed in the gap, and a color filter is formed on the reflective electrode, and a bonding margin is provided in high definition.
- the yield and aperture ratio can be improved by widening.
- the aperture ratio of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is preferably 65% or more depending on the configuration of the COA method.
- FIG. 2 shows the structure of a conventional liquid crystal display device in which a color filter and a thin film transistor are arranged on different transparent substrates, and the aperture ratio is about 50 to 55%.
- a light guide plate, a light diffusion film, a brightness enhancement film, etc. may be disposed between the backlight 12 and the backlight side polarization plate 14, and the polarization plate protective film T4 is a brightness enhancement film. Is also a preferred embodiment.
- the polarizing plate protective film T2 and T3 according to the present invention are preferably resin films, for example, cellulose such as triacetyl cellulose film, cellulose acetate propionate film, cellulose diacetate film, cellulose acetate butyrate film, etc.
- Ester film Polyester film such as polyethylene terephthalate, Polyethylene naphthalate, Polycarbonate film, Polyarylate film, Polysulfone (including polyethersulfone) film, Polyethylene film, Polypropylene film, Cellophane, Polyvinylidene chloride film, Polyvinyl Alcohol film, ethylene vinyl alcohol film, syndiotactic polystyrene film, norbornene Resin film, a polymethylpentene film, a polyether ketone film, polyether ketone imide film, a polyamide film, a fluorine resin film, nylon film, can be used cycloolefin polymer film, a polymethylmethacrylate film, or an acrylic film.
- a cellulose ester film is a preferable resin film from the viewpoint of optical properties, physical properties, and suitability for producing a polarizing plate with a saponification treatment.
- the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention are polarizing plate protective films that satisfy the following requirements (1) and (2), and are cellulose ester films from the viewpoint of optical properties, physical properties, handleability, and productivity. It is preferable.
- the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention may be referred to as a cellulose ester film.
- the in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 150 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II).
- Rt (590) is in the range of 220 to 400 nm.
- the preferable range of the retardation value Ro is in the range of 30 to 100 nm, more preferably in the range of 35 to 70 nm.
- a preferred range for Rt is in the range of 250 to 350 nm.
- In-plane retardation value Ro defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 0 to 10 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II).
- Rt (590) is in the range of ⁇ 15 to 15 nm.
- the preferable range of the retardation value Ro is in the range of 0 to 5 nm, and the preferable range of Rt is in the range of ⁇ 5 to 5 nm.
- the retardation is within the above range, the unevenness of incident light to the liquid crystal cell is reduced, which contributes to the effect of reducing contrast unevenness and color shift.
- Ro (590) (n x ⁇ n y ) ⁇ d (nm)
- Rt (590) ⁇ (n x + n y ) / 2 ⁇ n z ⁇ ⁇ d (nm)
- Ro (590) represents the retardation value in the in-plane direction of the film at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm
- Rt (590) represents a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH.
- d represents the thickness (nm) of the polarizing plate protective film.
- n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film
- n y is in the plane direction of the film
- n z Represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film.
- Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm.
- the retardation can be obtained by measuring an automatic birefringence meter (KOBRA21DH, Oji Scientific Co., Ltd.).
- the polarizing plate protective film T2 arrange
- the types and addition amounts of cellulose esters and other resins, the types and addition amounts of additives such as plasticizers, the types and addition amounts of retardation increasing agents, the types of retardation reducing agents And the amount added, and the conditions of the stretching treatment during film formation can be controlled.
- the cellulose ester used for the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention preferably has an average degree of acetyl group substitution of the whole cellulose ester ⁇ 1.9.
- the measuring method of the substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96.
- the cellulose ester used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the acetyl group substitution degree is satisfied, but the cellulose ester is a carboxylic acid ester having about 2 to 22 carbon atoms, and may be an aromatic carboxylic acid ester.
- a lower fatty acid ester of cellulose is preferable.
- the lower fatty acid in the lower fatty acid ester of cellulose means a fatty acid having 6 or less carbon atoms.
- the acyl group bonded to the hydroxy group may be linear or branched, and may form a ring. Furthermore, another substituent may be substituted. In the case of the same degree of substitution, birefringence decreases when the number of carbon atoms is large. Therefore, the number of carbon atoms is preferably selected from acyl groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the cellulose ester preferably has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
- the cellulose ester may be an acyl group derived from a mixed acid, and particularly preferably an acyl group having 2 and 3 carbon atoms or 2 and 4 carbon atoms.
- a mixed fatty acid ester of cellulose to which a propionate group or a butyrate group is bonded in addition to an acetyl group such as cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, or cellulose acetate propionate butyrate is used.
- the butyryl group that forms butyrate may be linear or branched.
- cellulose ester preferably used in the present invention cellulose acetate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate propionate are particularly preferably used.
- cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree X of 2.0 ⁇ X ⁇ 2.7 is preferable from the viewpoint of expression of retardation.
- a more preferable degree of acetyl group substitution is 2.2 ⁇ X ⁇ 2.5.
- X is the degree of substitution of the acetyl group
- Y is the degree of substitution of the propionyl group or butyryl group
- X + Y is the degree of substitution of the total acyl group.
- the cellulose ester used in the present invention has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 60,000 or more and less than 180,000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn) ratio, and Mw / Mn is 1.5 to 5.5.
- Mn number average molecular weight
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- Mn number average molecular weight
- Mw / Mn is 1.5 to 5.5.
- the cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably contains two or more types of cellulose esters having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of Mw ⁇ 260,000 and Mw of 10,000 or more.
- the compatibility between the plasticizer and the cellulose ester, which will be described later, can be improved, so that there is an effect of suppressing the increase in haze and enhancing the dimensional stability.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 260000-500000, more preferably in the range of 290000-400000.
- the difference in Mw between two or more cellulose esters is preferably 10,000 or more and 100,000 or less, and more preferably 20,000 or more and 50,000 or less.
- the mixing ratio of the low molecular weight cellulose ester and the high molecular weight cellulose ester can be in the range of 99: 1 to 1:99, but is preferably in the range of 90:10 to 50:50, more preferably 90:10 to It is within the range of 60:40, particularly preferably within the range of 85:15 to 60:40.
- the number average molecular weight (Mn) and weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose ester can be measured as follows.
- the cellulose used as a raw material for the cellulose ester used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and wood pulp (coniferous pulp, hardwood pulp), cotton linter, and the like can be used.
- the Mw of the cellulose ester can be controlled by the type of cellulose and the use of a plurality of raw material celluloses. For example, if esterification is performed using pre-hydrolysis kraft pulp, the Mw of the cellulose ester increases, and if softwood sulfite pulp is used, the Mw tends to decrease. Therefore, cellulose may be used singly or in combination of two or more. For example, softwood pulp and cotton linter or hardwood pulp may be used in combination. As cellulose, usually pulp (particularly softwood pulp) is often used.
- the ⁇ -cellulose content (mass%) of cellulose is usually from 94 to 99 (eg, 95 to 99), preferably from about 96 to 98.5 (eg, 97.3 to 98). .
- the acylating agent of the cellulose raw material is an acid anhydride (acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride)
- an organic solvent such as acetic acid or an organic solvent such as methylene chloride
- the reaction is carried out using a protic catalyst such as sulfuric acid.
- the acylating agent is acid chloride (CH 3 COCl, C 2 H 5 COCl, C 3 H 7 COCl)
- the reaction is carried out using a basic compound such as an amine as a catalyst. Specifically, it can be synthesized with reference to the method described in JP-A-10-45804.
- the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention include retardation adjusters such as resins and polymers other than cellulose esters, plasticizers, retardation increasing agents, retardation reducing agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, and light stability. It is preferable to contain an agent, a dye, a peeling accelerator, a sliding agent such as fine particles.
- the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains an appropriate amount of a plasticizer as necessary to obtain the effects of the present invention.
- the plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer, a glycolate plasticizer, a phthalate ester plasticizer, a fatty acid ester plasticizer, a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer, or a polyester plasticizer. Agent, acrylic plasticizer and the like. Of these, when two or more plasticizers are used, at least one plasticizer is preferably a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer.
- the polyhydric alcohol ester is composed of an ester of a divalent or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, and preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule.
- the polyhydric alcohol used is represented by the following general formula (1).
- R1- (OH) n (wherein R1 represents an n-valent organic group and n represents a positive integer of 2 or more)
- preferred polyhydric alcohols include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these.
- monocarboxylic acid used for polyhydric alcohol ester there is no restriction
- aliphatic monocarboxylic acid a fatty acid having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferably, it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- acetic acid is preferred because the compatibility with the cellulose ester is increased, and it is also preferred to use a mixture of acetic acid and another monocarboxylic acid.
- Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid, tridecylic acid , Saturated fatty acids such as myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, laccelic acid, undecylenic acid, Examples thereof include unsaturated fatty acids such as oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid and arachidonic acid.
- Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, or derivatives thereof.
- Examples of preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include those in which an alkyl group is introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, and two or more benzene rings such as biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid, and tetralin carboxylic acid.
- the aromatic monocarboxylic acid which has, or derivatives thereof can be mentioned. In particular, benzoic acid is preferred.
- the molecular weight of the polyhydric alcohol ester is preferably in the range of 300 to 1500, and more preferably in the range of 350 to 750. A higher molecular weight is preferred because it is less likely to volatilize, and a smaller one is preferred in terms of moisture permeability and compatibility with cellulose ester.
- the carboxylic acid used for the polyhydric alcohol ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Moreover, all the OH groups in the polyhydric alcohol may be esterified, or a part of the OH groups may be left as they are. Although the specific compound of a polyhydric alcohol ester is shown below, it is not limited to this.
- trimethylolpropane triacetate pentaerythritol tetraacetate, and the like are also preferably used.
- the glycolate plasticizer is not particularly limited, but alkylphthalylalkyl glycolates can be preferably used.
- alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl ethyl Glycolate, ethyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl butyl glycol Butyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl octyl
- phthalate ester plasticizer examples include diethyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, and dicyclohexyl terephthalate.
- citrate plasticizer examples include acetyl trimethyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, and acetyl tributyl citrate.
- fatty acid ester plasticizers examples include butyl oleate, methylacetyl ricinoleate, and dibutyl sebacate.
- phosphate ester plasticizer examples include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, and the like.
- the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound is composed of an ester of a divalent or higher, preferably a divalent to 20valent polyvalent carboxylic acid and an alcohol.
- the aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably divalent to 20-valent, and in the case of an aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acid or alicyclic polyvalent carboxylic acid, it is preferably trivalent to 20-valent.
- the polyvalent carboxylic acid is represented by the following general formula (2).
- R2 (COOH) m (OH) n (where R2 is an (m + n) -valent organic group, m is a positive integer of 2 or more, n is an integer of 0 or more, COOH group is a carboxy group, OH The group represents an alcoholic or phenolic hydroxy group.)
- R2 is an (m + n) -valent organic group, m is a positive integer of 2 or more, n is an integer of 0 or more, COOH group is a carboxy group, OH The group represents an alcoholic or phenolic hydroxy group.
- Trivalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids such as trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid or derivatives thereof, succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, tetrahydrophthal
- An aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid such as an acid, an oxypolyvalent carboxylic acid such as tartaric acid, tartronic acid, malic acid and citric acid can be preferably used.
- the alcohol used in the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound that can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and known alcohols and phenols can be used.
- an aliphatic saturated alcohol or aliphatic unsaturated alcohol having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferably, it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- alicyclic alcohols such as cyclopentanol and cyclohexanol or derivatives thereof, aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol and cinnamyl alcohol, or derivatives thereof can also be preferably used.
- the alcoholic or phenolic hydroxy group of the oxypolycarboxylic acid may be esterified with a monocarboxylic acid.
- monocarboxylic acids include the following, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- aliphatic monocarboxylic acid a straight-chain or side-chain fatty acid having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferably, it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid, tridecylic acid, Saturated fatty acids such as myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laccelic acid, undecylenic acid, olein Examples thereof include unsaturated fatty acids such as acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and arachidonic acid.
- Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, and derivatives thereof.
- aromatic monocarboxylic acids examples include those in which an alkyl group is introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, and two or more benzene rings such as biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid, and tetralin carboxylic acid.
- the molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1000, and more preferably in the range of 350 to 750.
- the larger one is preferable in terms of improvement in retention, and the smaller one is preferable in terms of moisture permeability and compatibility with cellulose ester.
- the alcohol used for the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
- the acid value of the polycarboxylic acid ester compound is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 0.2 mgKOH / g or less. Setting the acid value in the above range is preferable because the environmental fluctuation of the retardation is also suppressed.
- the acid value refers to the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide necessary for neutralizing the acid (carboxy group present in the sample) contained in 1 g of the sample.
- the acid value is measured according to JIS K0070.
- Examples of particularly preferred polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compounds are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
- Examples include tributyl trimellitic acid and tetrabutyl pyromellitic acid.
- the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention contain a compound represented by the following general formula (I) (in the present invention, a sugar ester compound other than a cellulose ester is referred to as a sugar ester compound). However, it is preferable for preventing haze caused by stretching and promoting stable retardation.
- the average substitution degree of the compound represented by the general formula (I) used in the present invention is in the range of 3.0 to 6.0, which suppresses haze increase in the stretching treatment and exhibits a stable phase difference. It is also effective above.
- the average degree of substitution is more preferably in the range of 4.5 to 6.0.
- the degree of substitution of the compound represented by the general formula (I) represents the number substituted with a substituent other than hydrogen among the eight hydroxy groups contained in the general formula (I). Represents a number containing groups other than hydrogen among R 1 to R 8 in formula (I). Accordingly, when all of R 1 to R 8 are substituted with a substituent other than hydrogen, the degree of substitution is 8.0, which is the maximum value, and when R 1 to R 8 are all hydrogen atoms, 0.0 It becomes.
- the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (I) is difficult to synthesize a single kind of compound in which the number of hydroxy groups and the number of OR groups are fixed, and the number of hydroxy groups in the formula, OR Since it is known that a compound in which several kinds of components having different groups are mixed is used, it is appropriate to use the average degree of substitution as the degree of substitution of the general formula (I) in the present invention.
- the average substitution degree can be measured from the area ratio of the chart showing the substitution degree distribution by chromatography.
- R 1 to R 8 each represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, and each of R 1 to R 8 is the same. May be different.
- sugar as a raw material for synthesizing the sugar ester compound used in the present invention examples include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these.
- Glucose galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, or arabinose
- lactose sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose or kestose Can be mentioned.
- gentiobiose gentiotriose
- gentiotetraose gentiotetraose
- xylotriose galactosyl sucrose
- the monocarboxylic acid used in the synthesis of the sugar ester compound used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid and the like can be used. .
- the carboxylic acid used may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
- Examples of preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecyl acid, Saturated lauric acid, tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, mellicic acid, and laxaric acid
- unsaturated fatty acids such as fatty acids, undecylenic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid and oc
- Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, and derivatives thereof.
- aromatic monocarboxylic acids examples include aromatic monocarboxylic acids in which 1 to 5 alkyl groups or alkoxy groups are introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, cinnamic acid, benzylic acid, An aromatic monocarboxylic acid having two or more benzene rings such as biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid and tetralin carboxylic acid, or a derivative thereof can be mentioned, and benzoic acid is particularly preferable.
- R 1 to R 8 are all the same substituents, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
- the average degree of substitution is less than 8.0, any one of R 1 to R 8 represents a hydrogen atom.
- the sugar ester compound used in the present invention can be produced by reacting a sugar ester with an acylating agent (also called an esterifying agent, for example, an acid halide of acetyl chloride, an anhydride such as acetic anhydride).
- an acylating agent also called an esterifying agent, for example, an acid halide of acetyl chloride, an anhydride such as acetic anhydride.
- the distribution of the degree of substitution is made by adjusting the amount of acylating agent, the timing of addition, and the esterification reaction time, but it is possible to mix sugar ester compounds with different degrees of substitution, or purely isolated degrees of substitution. By mixing the compounds, it is possible to adjust a component having a target average substitution degree and a substitution degree of 4 or less.
- the inside of the Kolben is depressurized to 4 ⁇ 10 2 Pa or less, and after excess pyridine is distilled off at 60 ° C., the inside of the Kolben is depressurized to 1.3 ⁇ 10 Pa or less and the temperature is raised to 120 ° C. Most of the acid and benzoic acid formed were distilled off. Then, 1 L of toluene and 300 g of a 0.5% by mass aqueous sodium carbonate solution were added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 30 minutes and then allowed to stand to separate a toluene layer.
- the obtained mixture was analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS). As a result, A-1 was 1.2% by mass, A-2 was 13.2% by mass, and A-3 was 14.2% by mass. %, A-4 was 35.4% by mass, A-5 and the like were 40.0% by mass. The average degree of substitution was 5.2.
- A-5 etc. means a mixture of all components having a substitution degree of 4 or less, that is, compounds having substitution degrees of 4, 3, 2, 1.
- the average degree of substitution was calculated with A-5 and the like being the degree of substitution 4.
- the average degree of substitution was adjusted by adding in combination the sugar ester close to the desired degree of average substitution and the isolated A-1 to A-5 etc. by the method prepared here.
- LC section Equipment Column oven (JASCO CO-965) manufactured by JASCO Corporation, detector (JASCO UV-970-240 nm), pump (JASCO PU-980), degasser (JASCO DG-980-50) Column: Inertsil ODS-3 Particle size 5 ⁇ m 4.6 ⁇ 250 mm (manufactured by GL Sciences Inc.) Column temperature: 40 ° C Flow rate: 1 ml / min Mobile phase: THF (1% acetic acid): H 2 O (50:50) Injection volume: 3 ⁇ l 2) MS unit Device: LCQ DECA (manufactured by Thermo Quest Co., Ltd.) Ionization method: Electrospray ionization (ESI) method Spray Voltage: 5 kV Capillary temperature: 180 ° C Vaporizer temperature: 450 ° C
- the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains the sugar ester compound in the polarizing
- the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention preferably contain an ester compound represented by the following general formula (II) from the viewpoint of preventing haze due to stretching and suppressing breakage and the like.
- ester compound an ester compound having an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule is preferably used.
- ester compound an aromatic terminal ester plasticizer represented by the following general formula (II) is preferably used.
- the compound represented by the general formula (II) includes a benzene monocarboxylic acid residue represented by B, an alkylene glycol residue, an oxyalkylene glycol residue or an aryl glycol residue represented by G, and an alkylene dicarboxylic acid represented by A. It is composed of a residue or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue, and can be obtained by the same reaction as a normal polyester plasticizer.
- benzene monocarboxylic acid component of the ester plasticizer examples include benzoic acid, para-tert-butyl benzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, normal propyl benzoic acid, and aminobenzoic acid. And acetoxybenzoic acid and the like, and these can be used as one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds, respectively.
- alkylene glycol component having 2 to 12 carbon atoms of the ester plasticizer examples include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1, 2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (neopentyl glycol), 2, 2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolheptane), 3-methyl-1 , 5-pentanediol-1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-e
- Examples of the oxyalkylene glycol component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms of the aromatic terminal ester include diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol. These glycols include 1 It can be used as a seed or a mixture of two or more.
- alkylene dicarboxylic acid component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms of the aromatic terminal ester examples include succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, and dodecanedicarboxylic acid. These are used as one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
- arylene dicarboxylic acid component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms examples include phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and the like.
- the number average molecular weight of the ester plasticizer is preferably in the range of 300 to 1500, more preferably in the range of 400 to 1000.
- the acid value is 0.5 mgKOH / g or less, the hydroxyl value is 25 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably the acid value is 0.3 mgKOH / g or less, and the hydroxyl value is 15 mgKOH / g or less.
- Example No. 1 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)> A reaction vessel was charged with 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 737 parts of dipropylene glycol, and 0.40 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as a catalyst. While the monohydric alcohol was refluxed, heating was continued in the range of 130 to 250 ° C. until the acid value became 2 or less, and water produced was continuously removed. Next, the distillate is removed under reduced pressure of 1.33 ⁇ 10 4 Pa to finally 4 ⁇ 10 2 Pa or less within a range of 200 to 230 ° C., and then filtered to obtain an aromatic terminal having the following properties: An ester plasticizer was obtained.
- Viscosity 25 ° C., mPa ⁇ s); 43400 Acid value: 0.2 ⁇ Sample No. 2 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)> Sample No. 1 was used except that 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 341 parts of ethylene glycol, and 0.35 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as a catalyst were used in the reaction vessel. In the same manner as in No. 1, an aromatic terminal ester having the following properties was obtained.
- Viscosity 25 ° C., mPa ⁇ s); 31000 Acid value: 0.1 ⁇ Sample No. 3 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)> Sample No. 1 was used except that 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 418 parts of 1,2-propanediol, and 0.35 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as the catalyst were used in the reaction vessel. In the same manner as in No. 1, an aromatic terminal ester having the following properties was obtained.
- Viscosity 25 ° C., mPa ⁇ s); 38000 Acid value: 0.05 ⁇ Sample No. 4 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)> Sample No. 1 was used except that 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 418 parts of 1,3-propanediol, and 0.35 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as a catalyst were used in the reaction vessel. In the same manner as in No. 1, an aromatic terminal ester having the following properties was obtained.
- Viscosity 25 ° C., mPa ⁇ s); 37000 Acid value: 0.05
- the specific compound of an aromatic terminal ester plasticizer is shown below, this invention is not limited to this.
- the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains the ester compound in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, particularly 3 to 11% by mass. If it is in this range, while exhibiting the outstanding effect of this invention, failures, such as a fracture
- the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention preferably contains a retardation increasing agent, and is described in European Patent No. 911,656A2 as the retardation increasing agent. It is preferable to use an aromatic compound having two or more aromatic rings as a retardation increasing agent. Two or more aromatic compounds may be used in combination.
- the aromatic ring of the aromatic compound includes an aromatic hetero ring in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Particularly preferred is an aromatic heterocycle, and the aromatic heterocycle is generally an unsaturated heterocycle. Of these, a 1,3,5-triazine ring is particularly preferred.
- Acrylic resin includes methacrylic resin.
- the acrylic resin is not particularly limited, but is composed of 50 to 99% by mass of methyl methacrylate units and 1 to 50% by mass of other monomer units copolymerizable therewith. Is preferred.
- Examples of other copolymerizable monomers include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
- Unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as saturated acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, Examples thereof include maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more monomers.
- methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of thermal decomposition resistance and fluidity of the copolymer.
- n-Butyl acrylate is particularly preferably used.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 80,000 to 500,000, and more preferably in the range of 110,000 to 500,000.
- the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin can be measured by gel permeation chromatography including the measurement conditions.
- the method for producing the acrylic resin is not particularly limited, and any known method such as suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, or solution polymerization may be used.
- a polymerization initiator a normal peroxide type and an azo type can be used, and a redox type can also be used.
- suspension or emulsion polymerization may be carried out within a range of 30 to 100 ° C.
- bulk or solution polymerization may be carried out within a range of 80 to 160 ° C.
- polymerization can be carried out using alkyl mercaptan or the like as a chain transfer agent. Commercial products can also be used.
- the acrylic resin may be a graft copolymer obtained by grafting a (meth) acrylic resin to a copolymer of (meth) acrylic rubber and an aromatic vinyl compound.
- graft copolymer a copolymer of (meth) acrylic rubber and an aromatic vinyl compound forms a core, and the (meth) acrylic resin forms a shell around the copolymer.
- -A shell-type graft copolymer is preferred.
- the total mass of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin in the polarizing plate protective film is preferably 55% by mass or more of the polarizing plate protective film, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 70% by mass or more. is there.
- the polarizing plate protective film may contain acrylic particles because it is excellent in improving brittleness.
- An acrylic particle represents the acrylic component which exists in the state of particle
- the acrylic particles are not particularly limited, but are preferably multi-layered acrylic granular composites.
- Examples of commercial products of acrylic granular composites that are multi-layer structured polymers include, for example, “Metablene” manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., “Kane Ace” manufactured by Kaneka Co., Ltd., “Paraloid” manufactured by Kureha Co., Ltd., “Acryloid manufactured by Rohm and Haas Co., Ltd. “Staphyroid” manufactured by Gantz Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., “Parapet SA” manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., and the like can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the refractive index of the mixture of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is close to the refractive index of the acrylic particles in order to obtain a highly transparent film.
- the refractive index difference between the acrylic particles and the acrylic resin is preferably 0.05 or less, more preferably 0.02 or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 or less.
- the polarizing plate protective film T2 or T3 of the present invention contains the following polymer X and polymer Y.
- the polymer X used in the present invention comprises an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa having no aromatic ring and a hydrophilic group in the molecule and an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb having no aromatic ring and having a hydrophilic group in the molecule.
- It is a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 obtained by copolymerization, and is preferably a polymer represented by the following general formula (5). Furthermore, it is preferable that it is solid under 30 degreeC, or a glass transition temperature is 35 degreeC or more.
- Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa having no aromatic ring and no hydrophilic group in the molecule include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), and butyl acrylate (n-, i- , S-, t-), pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n- I-), nonyl acrylate (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid ( ⁇ -caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) ), Acrylic acid (2-ethoxyethyl), etc., or those obtained by replacing the above acrylic ester with a methacrylic ester.
- the ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb having no aromatic ring in the molecule and having a hydrophilic group is preferably acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester as a monomer unit having a hydroxy group.
- acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) Acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), or those obtained by replacing acrylic acid with methacrylic acid
- the polymer X is synthesized by copolymerization using the hydrophobic monomer Xa and the hydrophilic monomer Xb.
- the use ratio during the synthesis of the hydrophobic monomer Xa and the hydrophilic monomer Xb is preferably in the range of 99: 1 to 65:35, and more preferably in the range of 95: 5 to 75:25.
- the use ratio of the hydrophobic monomer Xa is large, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is improved, but the retardation value Rt in the film thickness direction is increased.
- the use ratio of the hydrophilic monomer Xb is large, the compatibility is deteriorated, but the effect of reducing the retardation value Rt is high.
- the haze comes out at the time of film forming when the usage-amount of the hydrophilic monomer Xb exceeds the said range, it is unpreferable.
- a polymerization method In order to synthesize such a polymer, it is difficult to control the molecular weight in normal polymerization, and it is desirable to use a method that can align the molecular weight as much as possible without increasing the molecular weight.
- Examples of such a polymerization method include a method using a peroxide polymerization initiator such as cumene peroxide and t-butyl hydroperoxide, a method using a polymerization initiator in a larger amount than usual polymerization, and a mercapto compound in addition to the polymerization initiator.
- a method using a chain transfer agent such as carbon tetrachloride a method using a polymerization terminator such as benzoquinone and dinitrobenzene in addition to the polymerization initiator, and further disclosed in JP 2000-128911 or 2000-344823.
- a polymerization terminator such as benzoquinone and dinitrobenzene in addition to the polymerization initiator
- JP 2000-128911 or 2000-344823 examples thereof include a compound having one thiol group and a secondary hydroxy group, or a bulk polymerization method using a polymerization catalyst in which the compound and an organometallic compound are used in combination. Preferably used.
- the hydroxyl value of polymer X is preferably 30 to 150 [mg KOH / g].
- hydroxyl number is defined as the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize acetic acid bound to hydroxy groups when 1 g of sample is acetylated.
- sample Xg (about 1 g) is precisely weighed in a flask, and 20 ml of an acetylating reagent (a solution obtained by adding pyridine to 20 ml of acetic anhydride to 400 ml) is accurately added thereto. Attach an air cooling tube to the mouth of the flask and heat in a glycerin bath at 95-100 ° C.
- hydroxyl number is calculated by the following formula.
- the molecular weight of the polymer X has a weight average molecular weight in the range of 2000 to 30000, more preferably in the range of 4000 to 25000 or more.
- a large molecular weight is preferable because it has advantages such as little dimensional change of the cellulose ester film under high temperature and high humidity, and less curling as a polarizing plate protective film.
- the weight average molecular weight is 30000 or less, compatibility with the cellulose ester is good, bleeding out under high temperature and high humidity, and haze immediately after film formation are good.
- the polymer X is solid at room temperature (23 ° C.) because the dimensional stability of the polarizing plate is improved.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polymer X used in the present invention can be adjusted by a known molecular weight adjusting method.
- a molecular weight adjusting method include a method of adding a chain transfer agent such as carbon tetrachloride, lauryl mercaptan, octyl thioglycolate, and the like.
- the polymerization temperature is usually from room temperature to 130 ° C., preferably from 50 ° C. to 100 ° C., but this temperature or the polymerization reaction time can be adjusted.
- the method for measuring the weight average molecular weight can be as follows.
- the weight average molecular weight is measured using high performance liquid chromatography.
- the measurement conditions are as follows.
- the polymer Y used in the present invention is a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 3,000 obtained by polymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Ya having no aromatic ring, and is represented by the following general formula (6).
- the glass transition temperature is preferably 35 ° C. or lower, and more preferably liquid at 23 ° C. Polymers having a weight average molecular weight of less than 500 are difficult to produce due to an increase in residual monomers, and polymers having a weight average molecular weight of 3000 or less, low glass transition temperature materials, and liquid materials are preferable because of their high retardation Rt reduction performance.
- the polymer composed of the above monomers may be a copolymer or a homopolymer, and a homopolymer of vinyl ester, a copolymer of vinyl ester, or a copolymer of vinyl ester and acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester is preferable.
- Examples of the acrylate monomer having no aromatic ring include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), and butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-).
- Acrylic acid (2-ethoxyethyl), or the acrylic acid ester may include those obtained by changing the methacrylic acid ester.
- the acrylic polymer is a homopolymer or copolymer of the above-mentioned monomer, but it is preferable that the acrylic acid methyl ester monomer unit has 30% by mass or more, and the methacrylic acid methyl ester monomer unit has 40% by mass or more. Is preferred. In particular, a homopolymer of methyl acrylate or methyl methacrylate is preferred.
- Polymers obtained by polymerizing the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated monomers and acrylic polymers are both highly compatible with cellulose esters, excellent in productivity without evaporation and volatilization, and retainability as a protective film for polarizing plates.
- the moisture permeability is small, and the dimensional stability is excellent.
- the content of the polymer X and the polymer Y in the cellulose ester film is preferably in a range satisfying the following formulas (i) and (ii).
- a preferred range of formula (i) is in the range of 10-25% by weight.
- the retardation value Rt is not sufficiently reduced. Moreover, if it is not 35 mass% or less as a total amount, adhesiveness with polarizer PVA will be impaired.
- the range satisfying the above formula (ii) is preferable for obtaining the effect used in the present invention.
- Polymer X and polymer Y can be directly added and dissolved as a material constituting the dope described later, or can be added to the dope after being previously dissolved in an organic solvent for dissolving the cellulose ester.
- the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention can also contain an ultraviolet absorber.
- the ultraviolet absorber is intended to improve durability by absorbing ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm is particularly preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less. Preferably it is 2% or less.
- the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention is not particularly limited, for example, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, triazine compounds, nickel complex compounds, inorganic powders Examples include the body.
- These are commercially available products made by BASF Japan and can be preferably used.
- the UV absorbers preferably used in the present invention are benzotriazole UV absorbers, benzophenone UV absorbers, and triazine UV absorbers, particularly preferably benzotriazole UV absorbers and benzophenone UV absorbers. .
- benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention are listed below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
- UV-1 2- (2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole
- UV-2 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) benzotriazole
- UV-3 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole
- UV-4 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)- 5-Chlorobenzotriazole
- UV-5 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′-(3 ′′, 4 ′′, 5 ′′, 6 ′′ -tetrahydrophthalimidomethyl) -5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole
- UV-6 2,2-methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol)
- UV-7 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-ch
- UV-10 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone
- UV-11 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone
- UV-12 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone
- UV-13 Bis (2-methoxy -4-hydroxy-5-benzoylphenylmethane)
- a discotic compound such as a compound having a 1,3,5 triazine ring is also preferably used as the ultraviolet absorber.
- the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains two or more ultraviolet absorbers.
- a polymeric ultraviolet absorber can also be preferably used, and in particular, a polymer type ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-6-148430 is preferably used.
- the method of adding the UV absorber can be added to the dope after dissolving the UV absorber in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone or dioxolane or a mixed solvent thereof. Or you may add directly in dope composition.
- a dissolver or a sand mill is used in the organic solvent and cellulose ester to disperse and then added to the dope.
- the amount of the UV absorber used is not uniform depending on the type of UV absorber, the operating conditions, etc., but when the dry film thickness of the polarizing plate protective film is in the range of 30 to 200 ⁇ m, it is 0.5% relative to the film. It is preferably in the range of ⁇ 10% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.6 to 4% by mass.
- the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains fine particles from the viewpoint of improving slipperiness and eliminating poor conveyance such as slipping.
- examples of inorganic compounds include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples thereof include magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate. Fine particles containing silicon are preferable in terms of low turbidity, and silicon dioxide is particularly preferable.
- the average primary particle size of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 400 nm, and more preferably in the range of 10 to 300 nm. These may be mainly contained as secondary aggregates having a particle size in the range of 0.05 to 0.3 ⁇ m. If the particles have an average particle size in the range of 100 to 400 nm, the primary particles are not aggregated. It is also preferable that it is contained.
- the content of these fine particles in the polarizing plate protective film is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1% by mass, particularly preferably in the range of 0.05 to 0.5% by mass. In the case of a polarizing plate protective film having a multilayer structure by a co-casting method, it is preferable to contain fine particles of this addition amount on the surface.
- Silicon dioxide fine particles are commercially available, for example, under the trade names Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.). it can.
- Zirconium oxide fine particles are commercially available under the trade names of Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) and can be used.
- Examples of the polymer include silicone resin, fluororesin and acrylic resin. Silicone resins are preferable, and those having a three-dimensional network structure are particularly preferable. For example, Tospearl 103, 105, 108, 120, 145, 3120, and 240 (manufactured by Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) It is marketed by name and can be used.
- Aerosil 200V and Aerosil R972V are particularly preferably used because they have a large effect of reducing the friction coefficient while keeping the haze of the polarizing plate protective film low.
- the dynamic friction coefficient of at least one surface is in the range of 0.2 to 1.0.
- the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention can be preferably used regardless of whether it is a film produced by a solution casting method or a film produced by a melt casting method.
- the solution casting method will be described, but it is not limited thereto.
- the production of the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention by the solution casting method is a step of preparing a dope by dissolving the cellulose ester and the additive in a solvent, casting on an endless metal support that moves the dope indefinitely.
- the concentration of cellulose ester in the dope is preferably higher because the drying load after casting on the metal support can be reduced. However, if the concentration of cellulose ester is too high, the load during filtration increases and the filtration accuracy is poor. Become.
- the concentration that achieves both of these is preferably in the range of 10 to 35% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 25% by mass.
- the solvent used in the dope may be used alone or in combination of two or more, but it is preferable to use a mixture of a good solvent and a poor solvent of cellulose ester in terms of production efficiency, and there are many good solvents. This is preferable from the viewpoint of the solubility of the cellulose ester.
- the preferable range of the mixing ratio of the good solvent and the poor solvent is 70 to 98% by mass for the good solvent and 2 to 30% by mass for the poor solvent.
- the good solvent and the poor solvent change depending on the average acetylation degree (acetyl group substitution degree) of the cellulose ester.
- the good solvent and the poor solvent change depending on the average acetylation degree (acetyl group substitution degree) of the cellulose ester.
- the good solvent and the poor solvent change depending on the average acetylation degree (acetyl group substitution degree) of the cellulose ester.
- the cellulose ester acetate ester acetyl group substitution degree 2.4
- cellulose Acetate propionate is a good solvent
- cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.8) is a poor solvent.
- the good solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include organic halogen compounds such as methylene chloride, dioxolanes, acetone, methyl acetate, and methyl acetoacetate. Particularly preferred is methylene chloride or methyl acetate.
- the poor solvent is not particularly limited, but for example, methanol, ethanol, n-butanol, cyclohexane, cyclohexanone, etc. are preferably used.
- the dope preferably contains water in the range of 0.01 to 2% by mass.
- the recovery solvent may contain trace amounts of additives added to the cellulose ester, such as plasticizers, UV absorbers, polymers, monomer components, etc., but even if these are included, they are preferably reused. Can be purified and reused if necessary.
- a general method can be used as a method for dissolving the cellulose ester when the dope is prepared.
- heating and pressurization are combined, it is possible to heat above the boiling point at normal pressure. It is preferable to stir and dissolve while heating at a temperature that is equal to or higher than the boiling point of the solvent at normal pressure and that the solvent does not boil under pressure, in order to prevent the generation of massive undissolved materials called gels and macos.
- a method in which a cellulose ester is mixed with a poor solvent and wetted or swollen, and then a good solvent is added and dissolved is also preferably used.
- Pressurization may be performed by a method of injecting an inert gas such as nitrogen gas or a method of increasing the vapor pressure of the solvent by heating. Heating is preferably performed from the outside.
- a jacket type is preferable because temperature control is easy.
- the heating temperature with the addition of the solvent is preferably higher from the viewpoint of the solubility of the cellulose ester, but if the heating temperature is too high, the required pressure increases and the productivity deteriorates.
- a preferable heating temperature is in the range of 45 to 120 ° C, more preferably in the range of 60 to 110 ° C, and still more preferably in the range of 70 ° C to 105 ° C. The pressure is adjusted so that the solvent does not boil at the set temperature.
- a cooling dissolution method is also preferably used, whereby the cellulose ester can be dissolved in a solvent such as methyl acetate.
- the cellulose ester solution is filtered using an appropriate filter medium such as filter paper.
- an appropriate filter medium such as filter paper.
- the filter medium it is preferable that the absolute filtration accuracy is small in order to remove insoluble matters and the like, but there is a problem that the filter medium is likely to be clogged if the absolute filtration accuracy is too small. Therefore, a filter medium having an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.008 mm or less is preferable, a filter medium in the range of 0.001 to 0.008 mm is more preferable, and a filter medium in the range of 0.003 to 0.006 mm is more preferable.
- the material of the filter medium there are no particular restrictions on the material of the filter medium, and ordinary filter media can be used.
- plastic filter media such as polypropylene and Teflon (registered trademark), and metal filter media such as stainless steel do not drop off fibers. preferable. It is preferable to remove and reduce impurities, particularly bright spot foreign matter, contained in the raw material cellulose ester by filtration.
- a bright spot foreign material is placed in a crossed Nicols state with two polarizing plates, a polarizing plate protective film is placed between them, light is applied from the side of one polarizing plate, and observed from the side of the other polarizing plate. It is a point (foreign matter) where light from the opposite side sometimes leaks, and the number of bright spots having a diameter of 0.01 mm or more is preferably 200 / cm 2 or less. More preferably, it is 100 pieces / cm 2 or less, still more preferably 50 pieces / m 2 or less, still more preferably 0 to 10 pieces / cm 2 . Further, it is preferable that the number of bright spots of 0.01 mm or less is small.
- the dope can be filtered by a normal method, but the method of filtering while heating at a temperature not lower than the boiling point of the solvent at normal pressure and in a range where the solvent does not boil under pressure is the filtration pressure before and after filtration.
- the increase in the difference (referred to as differential pressure) is small and preferable.
- a preferred temperature is in the range of 45 to 120 ° C, more preferably in the range of 45 to 70 ° C, and still more preferably in the range of 45 to 55 ° C.
- the filtration pressure is preferably 1.6 MPa or less, more preferably 1.2 MPa or less, and further preferably 1.0 MPa or less.
- the metal support in the casting process is preferably a mirror-finished surface, and a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used as the metal support.
- the cast width can be 1 to 4 m. Since the width of the polarizing plate protective film is preferably 2 m to 4 m, the cast width is necessarily wide.
- the surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is ⁇ 50 ° C. to less than the boiling point of the solvent, and a higher temperature is preferable because the web drying speed can be increased. May deteriorate.
- the support temperature is preferably in the range of 0 to 40 ° C, more preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ° C.
- the web is gelled by cooling and peeled from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent.
- the method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short. When warm air is used, wind at a temperature higher than the target temperature may be used.
- the amount of residual solvent when peeling the web from the metal support is preferably in the range of 10 to 150% by mass, more preferably in the range of 20 to 40% by mass. Or in the range of 60 to 130% by mass, particularly preferably in the range of 20 to 30% by mass or in the range of 70 to 120% by mass.
- the amount of residual solvent is defined by the following formula.
- Residual solvent amount (% by mass) ⁇ (MN) / N ⁇ ⁇ 100 Note that M is the mass of a sample collected during or after the production of the web or film, and N is the mass after heating M at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
- the peeled web is transported to the above-described stretching process (preferably a tenter), stretched, and then transported to the film drying process.
- the above-described stretching process preferably a tenter
- refractive index control In order to satisfy the requirement (1) in the polarizing plate protective films T2, T3, preferably T2, according to the present invention, it is preferable to perform refractive index control, that is, retardation control by stretching operation.
- Stretching operation can be performed biaxially or uniaxially, for example, sequentially or simultaneously in the longitudinal direction (film forming direction) of the film and the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the film, that is, the width direction.
- Simultaneous biaxial stretching includes stretching in one direction and contracting the other tension by relaxing.
- the draw ratios in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other may eventually be in the range of 0.8 to 1.5 times in the casting direction and in the range of 1.1 to 2.5 times in the width direction. It is preferable to carry out within a range of 0.9 to 1.0 times in the casting direction and 1.2 to 2.0 times in the width direction.
- the stretching temperature is preferably in the range of 120 ° C to 200 ° C, more preferably in the range of 140 ° C to 180 ° C.
- the residual solvent in the film at the time of stretching is preferably in the range of 20 to 0%, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 0%.
- the method of stretching the web For example, a method in which a circumferential speed difference is applied to a plurality of rollers, and the roller is stretched in the longitudinal direction by utilizing the difference in the circumferential speed of the roller. And a method of stretching in the vertical direction, a method of stretching in the horizontal direction and stretching in the horizontal direction, a method of stretching in the vertical and horizontal directions and stretching in both the vertical and horizontal directions, and the like. Of course, these methods may be used in combination. In the case of the so-called tenter method, driving the clip portion by a linear drive method is preferable because smooth stretching can be performed and the risk of breakage and the like can be reduced.
- a tenter it may be a pin tenter or a clip tenter.
- the polarizing plate protective film is preferably heat-set after the stretching treatment, but the heat setting is preferably heat-set usually within a temperature range of Tg-20 ° C. or lower for 0.5 to 300 seconds. At this time, it is preferable to perform heat fixing while sequentially raising the temperature in a range where the temperature difference is 1 to 100 ° C. in the region divided into two or more.
- the heat-fixed film is usually cooled to Tg or less, and the clip gripping portions at both ends of the film are cut and wound.
- the cooling is preferably performed by gradually cooling from the final heat setting temperature to Tg at a cooling rate of 100 ° C. or less per second.
- Means for cooling and relaxation treatment are not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known means. In particular, it is preferable to carry out these treatments while sequentially cooling in a plurality of temperature ranges from the viewpoint of improving the dimensional stability of the film.
- More optimal conditions of these heat setting conditions, cooling, and relaxation treatment conditions vary depending on the type of additives such as cellulose ester and plasticizer constituting the film, so the physical properties of the obtained stretched film are measured and preferable characteristics are obtained. Thus, it may be determined by adjusting as appropriate.
- the slow axis or the fast axis of the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention exists in the film plane, and ⁇ 1 is preferably ⁇ 1 ° or more and + 1 ° or less when the angle formed with the film forming direction is ⁇ 1. It is more preferably ⁇ 0.5 ° or more and + 0.5 ° or less.
- This ⁇ 1 can be defined as an orientation angle, and the measurement of ⁇ 1 can be performed using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (Oji Scientific Instruments).
- Each of ⁇ 1 satisfying the above relationship can contribute to obtaining high luminance in a display image, suppressing or preventing light leakage, and contributing to obtaining faithful color reproduction in a color liquid crystal display device.
- a roller drying method (a method in which webs are alternately passed through a plurality of rollers arranged above and below) and a method in which the web is dried while being conveyed by a tenter method are employed.
- the means for drying the web is not particularly limited, and can be generally performed with hot air, infrared rays, a heating roller, microwave, or the like, but is preferably performed with hot air from the viewpoint of simplicity.
- the drying temperature in the web drying process is preferably increased stepwise within a range of 40 to 200 ° C.
- the preferable drying time depends on the drying temperature, but is preferably in the range of 5 minutes to 60 minutes, and more preferably in the range of 10 minutes to 30 minutes.
- the knurling process can be formed by pressing a heated embossing roller. Fine embossing is formed on the embossing roller, and by pressing the embossing roller, unevenness can be formed on the film, and the end can be made bulky.
- the height of the knurling at both ends of the width of the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 4 to 20 ⁇ m, and preferably in the range of 5 to 20 mm.
- the knurling process is preferably provided after the drying in the film forming process and before winding.
- the film thickness of the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 200 ⁇ m.
- the film thickness is more preferably in the range of 10 to 100 ⁇ m, and further preferably in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of thinning and weight reduction.
- the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention have a width in the range of 1 to 4 m. Those having a width in the range of 1.4 to 4 m are preferably used, and particularly preferably in the range of 1.6 to 3 m. If it exceeds 4 m, conveyance becomes difficult.
- the moisture permeability of the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 10 to 1200 g / m 2 ⁇ 24 h at 40 ° C. and 90% RH, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 1000 g / m 2 ⁇ 24 h. A range of 20 to 850 g / m 2 ⁇ 24 h is particularly preferable.
- the moisture permeability can be measured according to the method described in JIS Z 0208.
- the visible light transmittance of the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention is preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 93% or more.
- the haze of the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention is preferably less than 1%, particularly preferably in the range of 0 to 0.1%.
- the ⁇ / 4 plate refers to a plate having a function of converting linearly polarized light having a specific wavelength into circularly polarized light (or circularly polarized light into linearly polarized light).
- the ⁇ / 4 plate is designed so that the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction of the layer is about 1/4 with respect to a predetermined wavelength of light (usually in the visible light region).
- the retardation value Ro (590) in the in-plane direction measured at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH is preferably in the range of 110 to 170 nm.
- the ⁇ / 4 plate according to the present invention is a retardation plate (resin) having a retardation value of approximately 1 ⁇ 4 of the wavelength in the visible light wavelength range in order to obtain almost perfect circularly polarized light in the visible light wavelength range. Film).
- “Retardation of approximately 1/4 in the wavelength range of visible light” means that the longer the wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, the larger the retardation, and the retardation value Ro (450) measured at a measurement wavelength of 450 nm and the measurement wavelength
- Ro (590) which is a retardation value measured at 590 nm satisfies 1 ⁇ Ro (590) / Ro (450) ⁇ 1.6.
- the Ro (450) is in the range of 100 to 125 nm
- the retardation value Ro (550) measured at the measurement wavelength of 550 nm is in the range of 125 to 142 nm. It is more preferable that the Ro (590) is a retardation film in the range of 130 to 152 nm.
- a circularly polarizing plate is obtained by laminating so that the angle between the slow axis of the ⁇ / 4 plate and the transmission axis (or absorption axis) of the polarizer is substantially 45 °. “Substantially 45 °” means within a range of 40 to 50 °.
- the angle between the slow axis in the plane of the ⁇ / 4 plate and the transmission axis of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 41 to 49 °, more preferably in the range of 42 to 48 °, More preferably within the range of 43 to 47 °, most preferably within the range of 44 to 46 °.
- the ⁇ / 4 plate according to the present invention is a length that is stretched in an oblique direction so that the angle formed by the width direction and the slow axis in the plane of the ⁇ / 4 plate is within a range of 40 to 50 °.
- a long circular polarizing plate can be easily obtained by laminating with a long polarizer having an absorption axis in the longitudinal direction with a roll to roll.
- the ⁇ / 4 plate according to the present invention is preferably a film containing a thermoplastic resin, and the thermoplastic resin used is a cellulose ester, in terms of production, cost, ease of processing, transparency, It is preferable from the viewpoints of uniformity, suitability for saponification, adhesiveness, and the like.
- the ⁇ / 4 plate according to the present invention is produced by appropriately combining cellulose esters, other thermoplastic resins, plasticizers, and other various additives that can be used in the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention. can do.
- the ⁇ / 4 plate according to the present invention is a film produced by a solution casting method or a film produced by a melt casting method. It can be preferably used.
- a step of preparing a dope by dissolving the cellulose ester and the additive in a solvent a step of casting on an endless metal support that moves the dope infinitely, a cast dope Is performed by a step of drying as a web, a step of peeling from a metal support, a step of stretching or maintaining the width, a step of further drying, and a step of winding up the finished film.
- the ⁇ / 4 plate according to the present invention is preferably subjected to a stretching treatment in order to give the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction.
- the stretching method For example, a method in which a circumferential speed difference is applied to a plurality of rollers, and the roller is stretched in the longitudinal direction by utilizing the difference in the circumferential speed of the roller. And a method of stretching in the vertical direction, a method of stretching in the horizontal direction and stretching in the horizontal direction, a method of stretching in the vertical and horizontal directions and stretching in both the vertical and horizontal directions, and the like. Of course, these methods may be used in combination. That is, the film may be stretched in the transverse direction, longitudinally, or in both directions with respect to the film forming direction, and when stretched in both directions, simultaneous stretching or sequential stretching may be used. May be. In the case of the so-called tenter method, driving the clip portion by the linear drive method is preferable because smooth stretching can be performed and the risk of breakage and the like can be reduced.
- stretching is performed in the transport direction using the difference in peripheral speed of the film transport rollers, or both ends of the web are clipped in a direction orthogonal to the transport direction (also referred to as the width direction or the TD direction).
- a tenter method for gripping and it is further preferable to use a tenter that can independently control the gripping length of the web (distance from the start of gripping to the end of gripping) by the left and right gripping means.
- a roll-shaped ⁇ / 4 plate is used.
- a ⁇ / 4 plate cut in parallel to the longitudinal direction or the transverse direction has a transmission axis (or absorption axis) of the polarizer. Since it can be bonded to a roll-shaped polarizer parallel to the longitudinal direction by aligning the longitudinal direction or the transverse direction, there is little cut loss of the film, which is advantageous in production.
- a roll-like ⁇ / 4 plate in which the angle between the longitudinal direction and the in-plane slow axis is substantially 45 ° is obtained by placing the roll-like cellulose acylate film in a direction substantially 45 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction. It can manufacture by extending
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing oblique stretching by a tenter.
- the stretched film is manufactured using a tenter.
- This tenter is a device that widens a film fed from a film roll (feeding roll) in an oblique direction with respect to its traveling direction (moving direction of the middle point in the film width direction) in a heating environment by an oven.
- the tenter includes an oven, a pair of rails on the left and right on which a gripping tool for transporting the film travels, and a number of gripping tools that travel on the rails. Both ends of the film fed out from the film roll and sequentially supplied to the entrance portion of the tenter are gripped by a gripping tool, the film is guided into the oven, and the film is released from the gripping tool at the exit portion of the tenter.
- the film released from the gripping tool is wound around the core.
- Each of the pair of rails has an endless continuous track, and the gripping tool which has released the grip of the film at the exit portion of the tenter travels outside and is sequentially returned to the entrance portion.
- the rail shape of the tenter is asymmetrical on the left and right according to the orientation angle, stretch ratio, etc. given to the stretched film to be manufactured, and can be finely adjusted manually or automatically.
- a long thermoplastic resin film is stretched, and the orientation angle ⁇ can be set to an arbitrary angle within the range of 40 ° to 80 ° with respect to the winding direction after stretching. Yes.
- the gripping tool of the tenter is configured to travel at a constant speed with a certain distance from the front and rear gripping tools.
- FIG. 3 shows the track (rail pattern) of the tenter rail used for oblique stretching.
- the feeding direction DR1 of the cellulose ester film is different from the winding direction (MD direction) DR2 of the stretched film, thereby obtaining a wide and uniform optical characteristic even in a stretched film having a relatively large orientation angle. Is possible.
- the feeding angle ⁇ i is an angle formed by the feeding direction DR1 of the film before stretching and the winding direction DR2 of the film after stretching.
- the feeding angle ⁇ i is set to 10 ° ⁇ i ⁇ 60 °, preferably 15 ° ⁇ i ⁇ 50 °. The By setting the feeding angle ⁇ i in the above range, the variation in the optical characteristics in the width direction of the obtained film becomes good (becomes small).
- the cellulose ester film fed out from the film roll is gripped in order by the left and right gripping tools at the tenter inlet (position a), and then traveled as the gripping tool travels. .
- the left and right grips CL and CR which are opposed to the direction of the film traveling direction (feeding direction DR1) at the tenter entrance (position a), run on a rail that is asymmetrical to the left and right, and are in a preheating zone. Through an oven having a stretching zone and a heat setting zone.
- substantially perpendicular indicates that the angle formed by the straight line connecting the aforementioned gripping tools CL and CR and the film feeding direction DR1 is within 90 ⁇ 1 °.
- Preheating zone refers to the section that runs while the interval between the gripping tools gripping both ends is kept constant at the oven entrance.
- the stretching zone refers to an interval until the gap between the gripping tools gripping both ends starts to become constant again.
- the cooling zone refers to a section in which the temperature in the zone is set to be equal to or lower than the glass transition temperature Tg ° C. of the thermoplastic resin constituting the film during a period in which the interval between the gripping tools after the stretching zone becomes constant again. .
- the temperature of each zone is the glass transition temperature Tg of the thermoplastic resin
- the temperature of the preheating zone is in the range of Tg + 5 to Tg + 20 ° C.
- the temperature of the stretching zone is in the range of Tg to Tg + 20 ° C.
- the temperature of the cooling zone is Tg ⁇ It is preferably set within the range of 30 to Tg ° C.
- the draw ratio R (W / Wo) in the drawing step is preferably in the range of 1.3 to 3.0 times, more preferably in the range of 1.5 to 2.8 times. When the draw ratio is within this range, thickness unevenness in the width direction is reduced, which is preferable. In the stretching zone of the tenter stretching machine, if the stretching temperature is differentiated in the width direction, the thickness unevenness in the width direction can be further improved.
- Wo represents the width of the film before stretching
- W represents the width of the film after stretching.
- the step of stretching in the oblique direction may be performed in the film forming step (online), or may be unwound after being wound up once and performed in the tenter (offline).
- the polarizing plate protective film T4 is not particularly limited, but is preferably a thermoplastic resin film, easy to manufacture, optically uniform, and optically transparent. Is preferable. Any of these may be used, for example, cellulose ester film, polyester film, polycarbonate film, polyarylate film, polysulfone (including polyethersulfone) film, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate.
- Polyester film polyethylene film, polypropylene film, cellophane, cellulose diacetate film, cellulose acetate butyrate film, polyvinylidene chloride film, polyvinyl alcohol film, ethylene vinyl alcohol film, syndiotactic polystyrene film, polycarbonate film, norbornene resin Film, polymethylpentene film, polyetherketone film, Examples include, but are not limited to, ether ketone imide films, polyamide films, fluororesin films, nylon films, cycloolefin polymer films, polyvinyl acetal resin films, polymethyl methacrylate films, and acrylic films. .
- cellulose ester films are preferred.
- polycarbonate films are preferred.
- polysulfones including polyether sulfones
- cycloolefin polymer films are preferred.
- cellulose ester films are particularly advantageous in terms of production, cost, transparency, uniformity, and adhesion. From the aspect of properties and the like.
- the polarizing plate protective film T4 according to the present invention is obtained by appropriately combining cellulose esters, other thermoplastic resins, plasticizers, and other various additives that can be used in the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention. Can be manufactured.
- the polarizing plate protective film T4 according to the present invention is the same as the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3, either a film produced by a solution casting method or a film produced by a melt casting method. Can also be preferably used.
- cellulose ester films can also be preferably used.
- cellulose ester films for example, Konica Minoltak KC8UX, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC8UCR3, KC8UCR4, KC8UCR5, KC8UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, and KC12UR (more than Konica Norol) Etc.
- the brightness enhancement film reflects the linearly polarized light with a predetermined polarization axis or the circularly polarized light in a predetermined direction when natural light is incident due to a backlight of a liquid crystal display device or the like or reflection from the back side, and transmits other light. is there.
- Light having a polarization direction that is absorbed by the polarizer is reflected once by the brightness enhancement film without being incident on the polarizer, and further inverted through a reflective layer or the like provided behind the brightness enhancement film.
- the brightness enhancement film transmits only the polarized light whose polarization direction is such that the polarization direction of the light reflected and inverted between the two is allowed to pass through the polarizer. Supply. Therefore, light such as a backlight can be efficiently used for displaying an image on the liquid crystal display device, and the screen can be brightened.
- a brightness enhancement film for example, a multi-layer thin film of dielectric material or a multi-layer laminate of thin film films having different refractive index anisotropy, which shows a characteristic of transmitting linearly polarized light with a predetermined polarization axis and reflecting other light (3M, D-BEF, etc.), although the cholesteric liquid crystal polymer alignment film and the alignment liquid crystal layer are supported on a film substrate (Nitto Denko, PCF350, Merck, Transmax, etc.) it can.
- the ⁇ / 4 plate is bonded to the polarizer, and the absorption axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the ⁇ / 4 plate are bonded with an inclination of substantially 45 °. It is preferable to use a circularly polarizing plate.
- the polarizing plate according to the present invention uses a stretched polyvinyl alcohol doped with iodine or a dichroic dye as a polarizer, and the viewing side polarizing plate is a ⁇ / 4 plate (T1) / polarizer / polarizing plate protection.
- a film (T2) and a backlight side polarizing plate can be manufactured by bonding with the constitution of polarizing plate protective film (T3) / polarizer / polarizing plate protective film (T4).
- Examples of the polarizer preferably used in the polarizing plate according to the present invention include a polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film, which includes a polyvinyl alcohol film dyed with iodine and a dichroic dye dyed.
- a polyvinyl alcohol film a modified polyvinyl alcohol film modified with ethylene is preferably used.
- a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution is formed into a film and dyed by uniaxial stretching or dyed or uniaxially stretched and then preferably subjected to a durability treatment with a boron compound. Stretching is preferably performed uniaxially in the film forming direction, or stretched in an oblique 45 ° direction using the aforementioned oblique stretching apparatus with respect to the film forming direction.
- the film thickness of the polarizer is in the range of 5 to 40 ⁇ m, preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably in the range of 5 to 20 ⁇ m.
- the polarizing plate can be produced by a general method.
- the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention subjected to alkali saponification treatment is bonded to at least one surface of a polarizer prepared by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. Is preferred.
- the polarizing plate can be constructed by further bonding a protective film on one side of the polarizing plate and a separate film on the other side.
- the protective film and the separate film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipping the polarizing plate and at the time of product inspection.
- the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can be suitably used for a stereoscopic video display device.
- a stereoscopic image display device including a liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal shutter glasses, wherein the liquid crystal shutter glasses are provided with (1) a ⁇ / 4 plate, a liquid crystal cell, and a polarizer in this order, or ( 2) A ⁇ / 4 plate, a polarizer, a liquid crystal cell, and a stereoscopic video display device which is liquid crystal shutter glasses in which a polarizer is provided in this order.
- FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a stereoscopic image display apparatus according to the above-described aspect (1) (a system in which the polarizing plate of the glasses is one sheet). Further, FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of the above-described aspect (2) (system in which the glasses have two polarizing plates).
- the viewing side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device is ⁇ / 4 plate (T1) / polarizer / polarizing plate protective film (T2), and the backlight side polarizing plate is a polarizing plate protective film (T3). ) / Polarizer / polarizing plate protective film (T4).
- the above-described aspect and configuration can reduce crosstalk, luminance reduction, and color change (color shift) when tilting the neck when viewing a stereoscopic (3D) image, and can be visually recognized in an excellent environment.
- the stereoscopic video display device can be maintained with high durability and higher durability against the usage environment.
- the polarizing plate protective film is distinguished by referring to the viewing side of the viewing side polarizing plate as T1, the liquid crystal cell side as T2, the liquid crystal cell side of the backlight side polarizing plate as T3, and the backlight side as T4.
- the degree of substitution was determined by the method specified in ASTM-D817-96.
- the cellulose ester described as CAP in Table 2 and Table 3 is cellulose acetate propionate.
- the cellulose ester described as CAB is cellulose butyrate.
- Fine particle addition liquid 1 The fine particle dispersion 1 was slowly added to the dissolution tank containing methylene chloride with sufficient stirring. Further, the particles were dispersed by an attritor so that the secondary particles had a predetermined particle size. This was filtered through Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to prepare a fine particle additive solution 1.
- a main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree of 1.90 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
- ⁇ Composition of main dope> Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.90, Mw 200000) 100 parts by mass Sugar ester compound (Exemplary compound 1-7) 10 parts by mass Ester compound (Exemplary compound 2-17) 3 Part by mass Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 0.1 part by mass Particulate additive solution 1 1 part by mass The above was put into a sealed main dissolution vessel and dissolved while expanding sales to prepare a dope. Next, using an endless belt casting apparatus, the dope was cast uniformly on a stainless steel belt support at a temperature of 33 ° C. and a width of 2000 mm. The temperature of the stainless steel belt was controlled at 30 ° C.
- the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent in the cast (cast) film reached 75%, and then peeled off from the stainless steel belt support with a peeling tension of 130 N / m.
- the slow axis forms 45 ° with the film longitudinal direction at a temperature of 170 ° C. and a magnification of 1.5 times.
- drying was terminated while the drying zone was conveyed by a number of rollers.
- the drying temperature was 130 ° C. and the transport tension was 100 N / m.
- a polarizing plate protective film 101 having a dry film thickness of 40 ⁇ m and a winding number of 3000 m was obtained.
- the retardation of the obtained film was measured by the method described later, it was Ro 153 nm, Rt 110 nm, and was a polarizing plate protective film functioning as a ⁇ / 4 plate.
- polarizing plate protective film T1 102-113 In the production of the polarizing plate protective film 101, the polarizing plate protection was performed in the same manner except that the cellulose acetate was changed to the cellulose acetate having the degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 2, the additives were changed to the following compounds, and the film thickness was adjusted. Films T1 102 to 113 were produced.
- MD in the stretching direction means stretching in the film casting direction, and stretching was performed with a difference in peripheral speed of the rollers so that the stretching ratio was 30%.
- Compound A is a retardation increasing agent containing a 1,3,5-triazine ring and is a compound having the following structure.
- TPP represents triphenylene phosphate and BDP represents biphenyl diphenyl phosphate.
- DCP dicyclopentadiene
- 1,4-methano-1,4,4a 9a-tetrahydrofluorene
- MTD 8-methyl-tetracyclo [4.4.0.12, 5.17,10] -dodec-3-ene
- a soft polymer manufactured by Kuraray; Septon 2002
- an antioxidant manufactured by BASF Japan; Irganox 1010
- cyclohexane and other volatile components which are solvents, are removed from the solution using a cylindrical concentration dryer (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), the hydrogenated polymer is extruded in a strand form from an extruder in a molten state, and pellets after cooling. And recovered.
- the obtained ring-opened polymer hydrogenated pellets were dried at 70 ° C. for 2 hours using a hot air dryer in which air was circulated to remove moisture.
- the pellets were subjected to a short shaft extruder having a coat hanger type T die with a lip width of 1.6 m (Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd .: screw diameter 90 mm, T die lip material was tungsten carbide, peel strength from molten resin 44 N ) was used to produce a cycloolefin polymer film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
- Extrusion molding was performed in a clean room of class 10000 or less under molding conditions of a molten resin temperature of 240 ° C. and a T die temperature of 240 ° C.
- the obtained cycloolefin polymer film was stretched 1.5 times in the oblique direction at a stretching temperature of 135 ° C.
- the length of the tenter device, the clip interval, and the tension of the clip were adjusted so that the orientation angle deviation between the in-plane slow axis of the film and the width direction of the film was within ⁇ 0.4 °.
- both ears were slit, processed into a film thickness of 87 ⁇ m and a width of 1.5 m, and wound into a roll to obtain a polarizing plate protective film T1 114.
- the polyester film was wound up together as a protective film when winding up.
- polarizing plate protective film T1 115 As a polycarbonate resin film (PC) which is a ⁇ / 4 plate, Teijin Chemicals Co., Ltd. Pure Ace TT-138 was used as a polarizing plate protective film T1 115.
- PC polycarbonate resin film
- ⁇ Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T2 201> A main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree of 1.90 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
- ⁇ Composition of main dope> Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.90, Mw 200000) 100 parts by mass Sugar ester compound (Exemplary compound 1-7) 10 parts by mass Ester compound (Exemplary compound 2-14) 3 Part by mass Particulate additive solution 1 1 part by mass
- the above dope was prepared with Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd., then filtered, and uniformly applied to the stainless steel band support at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a width of 2000 mm using a belt casting apparatus. It was cast into.
- the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent reached 100%, and peeling was performed from the stainless steel band support with a peeling tension of 162 N / m.
- the peeled cellulose ester web was evaporated at 35 ° C., slit to 1.6 m width, and then dried at a drying temperature of 135 ° C. while being stretched 1.35 times in the width direction (TD direction) with a tenter. I let you. At this time, the residual solvent amount when starting stretching with a tenter was 10%. After stretching with a tenter and relaxing at 130 ° C. for 5 minutes, drying is completed while conveying a drying zone of 120 ° C. and 130 ° C.
- a polarizing plate protective film T2 201 having an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m was wound around a 6-inch inner diameter core to have a film thickness of 45 ⁇ m and a winding number of 3000 m.
- the polarizing plate protective film T2 202- was similarly prepared except that the cellulose acetate was changed to cellulose acetate having the degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 3 and the additives and film thickness were changed. 206, 210 to 212 were produced.
- a main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate with an acetyl group substitution degree of 2.50 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
- ⁇ Composition of main dope> Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.50, Mw 250,000) 100 parts by mass Sugar ester compound (Exemplified compound 1-7) 15 parts by mass SMA1000P (manufactured by Sartomer) 5 parts by mass Fine particles Additive Solution 1 1 part by mass
- the film peeled off from the band with a residual solvent amount of about 30% by mass was stretched 30% in the width direction by applying hot air of 140 ° C. with a tenter and dried. Thereafter, the transfer from the tenter conveyance to the roller conveyance was performed, and the film was further dried at 120 to 150 ° C., and the polarizing plate protective film T2207 was wound up.
- the film thickness at this time was 85 ⁇ m.
- the polarizing plate protective film shown in Table 3 was similarly prepared except that the acetyl group substitution degree of cellulose acetate, the sugar ester compound, the addition amount of SMA1000P, and the film thickness were changed in the production of the above and the polarizing plate protective film T2207. T2 208-209 were produced.
- a main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree of 2.81 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
- ⁇ Composition of main dope> Methylene chloride 340 parts by weight Ethanol 64 parts by weight Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.81, Mw 230,000) 100 parts by weight Retardation increasing agent (Compound A) 13 parts by weight TPP 7.8 parts by weight BDP 3.9 parts by weight Particulate additive solution 1 1 part by mass
- the main dope was cast using a band casting machine. The film peeled from the band is stretched 3% in the longitudinal direction from the stripping to the tenter, then stretched to 32% in the width direction using the tenter and relaxed in the width direction, and then the film is detached from the tenter. Then, the film was dried and wound up as a polarizing plate protective film T2 210 having a film thickness of 105 ⁇ m and a length of 3000 m.
- the polarizing plate protective film T2 213 was produced in the same manner except that the cellulose acetate was changed to cellulose butyrate having a total acyl group substitution degree of 2.4 and the film thickness was adjusted to 60 ⁇ m. did.
- AEROSIL R972 Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.
- the prepared acrylic resin is dried with a vacuum dryer at 90 ° C. to a water content of 0.03% or less, and then 0.3% by mass of a stabilizer (Irganox 1010 (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.)) is added to 230%.
- a stabilizer Irganox 1010 (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.)
- a biaxial kneading extruder with a vent was used to extrude into water to form a strand, which was then cut to obtain a pellet having a diameter of 3 mm and a length of 5 mm.
- the pellets were dried with a 90 ° C. vacuum dryer to a water content of 0.03% or less, and then kneaded and extruded at a temperature of 240 ° C. using a single screw kneading extruder. After this, a 300 mesh screen filter was installed between the extruder and the gear pump. Then, after passing through an air pump, the melt was extruded from the die through a leaf disk filter having a filtration accuracy of 7 ⁇ m and cast.
- the melt molten resin
- the touch roller was brought into contact with the most upstream cast roller (chill roller) with a predetermined surface pressure.
- the temperature of the three cast rollers including the chill roller is such that the most upstream cast roller (first roller) that contacts the touch roller has a predetermined temperature difference (cast roller temperature ⁇ touch roller temperature).
- the next cast roller (second roller) was a first roller at 5 ° C.
- the next cast roller (third roller) was a first roller at ⁇ 10 ° C.
- the produced dope was uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a width of 2000 mm using a belt casting apparatus.
- the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent reached 100%, and peeling was performed from the stainless steel band support with a peeling tension of 162 N / m.
- the solvent was evaporated from the peeled web at 35 ° C., slit to 1.6 m width, and then dried at a drying temperature of 135 ° C. while being stretched 1.1 times in the width direction by a tenter. At this time, the residual solvent amount when starting stretching with a tenter was 10%.
- drying was completed while transporting a drying zone at 120 ° C and 130 ° C with many rollers, slitting to a width of 1.5 m, and a width of 10 mm at both ends of the film.
- a knurling process having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m was performed, and winding was performed to obtain a polarizing plate protective film T3 303 having a thickness of 40 ⁇ m and a length of 3000 m.
- the draw ratio in the MD direction calculated from the rotational speed of the stainless steel band support and the operating speed of the tenter was 1.1 times.
- ⁇ Polarizing plate protective film T4 401> As a commercially available cellulose ester film, Konica Minolta Tac KC4UY (manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd.) was used, and a polarizing plate protective film T4 401 was obtained. The constructions and retardation values of the produced polarizing plate protective films T1 to T3 are shown below.
- the retardation of the polarizing plate protective film T4 401 was Ro: 1 nm, Rt: 35 nm.
- the average refractive index of the film was measured using an Abbe refractometer (4T). Moreover, the thickness of the film was measured using a commercially available micrometer.
- Formula (I): Ro (590) (n x ⁇ n y ) ⁇ d (nm)
- Rt (590) ⁇ (n x + n y ) / 2 ⁇ n z ⁇ ⁇ d (nm)
- d represents the thickness of the polarizing plate protective film (nm)
- n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index in the plane direction is maximized in the film
- n y is the surface of the film In the inward direction, it represents the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x
- nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film.
- Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm.
- the polarizer and the polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 were bonded in the combinations shown in Table 5 according to the following steps 1 to 5 to produce a viewing side polarizing plate and a backlight side polarizing plate.
- Step 1 Dipped in a 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide solution at 60 ° C. for 90 seconds, then washed with water and dried to obtain polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 having a saponified side to be bonded to a polarizer.
- Step 2 The polarizer was immersed in a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive tank having a solid content of 2% by mass for 1 to 2 seconds.
- Step 3 Excess adhesive adhered to the polarizer in Step 2 was gently wiped off and placed on the polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 treated in Step 1.
- Step 4 The polarizer and the polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 laminated in Step 3 were bonded at a pressure of 20 to 30 N / cm 2 and a conveyance speed of about 2 m / min.
- Step 5 A sample obtained by bonding the polarizer prepared in Step 4 and the polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 in a drier at 80 ° C. was dried for 2 minutes to prepare the polarizing plates described in Table 5.
- a liquid crystal panel for viewing angle measurement was produced as follows, and the characteristics as a liquid crystal display device were evaluated.
- the polarizing plate is bonded so that the absorption axis is in the same direction as the polarizing plate bonded in advance, and the liquid crystal display devices 501 to 501 in Table 5 corresponding to the respective polarizing plates are used. 531 were produced.
- the liquid crystal cell of this liquid crystal display device has a COA structure in which a color filter and a thin film transistor are arranged on one of the transparent substrates, and the aperture ratio is 67% as a result of measurement. (See FIG. 1).
- a polarizing plate protective film T1 106 was bonded to the panel side of the Sony 3D glasses TDG-BR100.
- the manufactured liquid crystal display device was evaluated for red image evaluation, contrast unevenness, and crosstalk when the head was tilted during 3D video viewing.
- ⁇ Contrast unevenness> The measurement was performed after the backlight of the liquid crystal display device was lit continuously for 1 hour in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
- EZ-Contrast 160D manufactured by ELDIM was used, the luminance from the normal direction of the display screen of white display and black display was measured with a liquid crystal display device, and the ratio was defined as the front contrast.
- Front contrast (brightness of white display measured from normal direction of display device) / (brightness of black display measured from normal direction of display device) The front contrast at any 10 points of the liquid crystal display device was measured and evaluated according to the following criteria.
- ⁇ There is no variation in front contrast and there is no unevenness. ⁇ : The variation in front contrast is less than 1 to 5% and the variation is small. ⁇ : The variation in front contrast is less than 5 to 10% and the variation is slightly Yes ⁇ : Variation in front contrast of 10% or more and large unevenness ⁇ Evaluation of viewing angle> Using a measuring device (EZ-Contrast 160D, manufactured by ELDIM), measurement was performed by displaying white and black in the same manner as the front contrast measurement, and the minimum angle of contrast 50 in the range of 20 to 70 ° was set as the viewing angle. In addition, when the viewing angle exceeds 80 ° in all directions, it is described as 80 °.
- EZ-Contrast 160D manufactured by ELDIM
- the configuration of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has a wide viewing angle, contrast unevenness, color shift, and occurrence of crosstalk during 3D video viewing when the head is tilted, compared to the comparative example. It is clear that the improvement is significant.
- Example 2 A liquid crystal display device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner except that the polarizing plate protective film T4 of the backlight-side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device prepared in Example 1 was changed to a brightness enhancement film (PCF350 manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation). However, although the front luminance was improved by 1.1 times compared with the liquid crystal display device manufactured in Example 1, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention reproduced the effects of improving the contrast unevenness, color shift and crosstalk of Example 1.
- PCF350 brightness enhancement film manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation
- the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has the characteristic that contrast unevenness and color shift due to the polarizing plate protective film are not conspicuous, and there is no occurrence of crosstalk when an image is observed with the neck tilted. It can be suitably used for a stereoscopic (3D) video display device.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides a liquid crystal display device with high front contrast. A liquid crystal display device is provided in which contrast variations and color shifts caused by polarizing plate protective films are not distinguishable and in which no crosstalk is generated in a three-dimensional (3D) image display device when images are observed with one's head inclined. This liquid crystal display device has a viewing side polarizing plate, VA mode liquid crystal cells, and a back light side polarizing plate and is characterized by a polarizing plate protective film positioned on the viewing side of the viewing side polarizing plate being a λ/4 plate and one of the two polarizing plate protective films positioned so as to sandwich the VA mode liquid crystal cells being a film that satisfies prescribed requirements.
Description
本発明は、液晶表示装置に関する。より詳しくは、開口率が高く、正面コントラストが高い液晶表示装置において、偏光板保護フィルムに起因するコントラストムラが目立たず、立体(3D)映像表示装置において、首を傾けて映像を観察した時のクロストークの発生がない液晶表示装置に関する。
The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device. More specifically, in a liquid crystal display device with a high aperture ratio and high front contrast, the unevenness of contrast due to the polarizing plate protective film is not noticeable, and in a stereoscopic (3D) image display device, when the image is observed with the neck tilted The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device that does not generate crosstalk.
近年、液晶表示装置を用いた立体(3D)映像表示装置の開発が盛んに行われており、光学フィルムであるλ/4板を3D鑑賞用眼鏡と立体(3D)映像表示装置の視認側表面に用いることによって、立体映像を鑑賞するシステムが検討されている。しかしながら、該3D鑑賞用眼鏡をかけることで視野が暗くなりやすく、立体(3D)映像表示装置のコントラストを高くすることが求められている。
In recent years, a stereoscopic (3D) video display device using a liquid crystal display device has been actively developed, and a λ / 4 plate, which is an optical film, is used for 3D viewing glasses and a viewing side surface of a stereoscopic (3D) video display device. For this reason, a system for viewing stereoscopic images has been studied. However, the field of view tends to be darkened by wearing the 3D viewing glasses, and it is required to increase the contrast of the stereoscopic (3D) video display device.
一方、要求される液晶表示装置の表示品位の向上のため、液晶セルに様々な工夫、方法が用いられている。例えばSuper Patterned VAモード(S-PVAモード)、Polymer Stabilized VAモード(PSVAモード)、Color Filter On Array(COA)などである。これらの液晶セル内の改善によって応答速度が速く画像が鮮明になった。例えばCOAを用いると開口率が増すことによって、セルを透過する光量が増加し正面コントラストが高くなることが知られている。
On the other hand, in order to improve the required display quality of the liquid crystal display device, various devices and methods are used for the liquid crystal cell. For example, Super Patterned VA mode (S-PVA mode), Polymer Stabilized VA mode (PSVA mode), Color Filter On Array (COA), and the like. Due to the improvements in these liquid crystal cells, the response speed was fast and the image became clear. For example, when COA is used, it is known that an increase in the aperture ratio increases the amount of light transmitted through the cell and increases the front contrast.
しかしながら、例えば上記S-PVAモードとCOAを組み合わせた液晶表示装置等の場合、液晶セルを透過する光量が増加し正面コントラストが高くなるものの、偏光板に用いられている偏光板保護フィルムに起因するコントラストムラが目立ち易く、更にこれらのムラの増大が、立体(3D)映像表示装置においては、首を傾けて映像を観察した時のクロストークとなって現れ、視認性の改善が必要であった。
However, for example, in the case of a liquid crystal display device combined with the S-PVA mode and the COA, the amount of light transmitted through the liquid crystal cell is increased and the front contrast is increased, but this is caused by the polarizing plate protective film used for the polarizing plate. Contrast unevenness is easily noticeable, and the increase in these unevenness appears as crosstalk when observing the image with the head tilted in a stereoscopic (3D) video display device, and the visibility needs to be improved. .
特許文献1には、VAモード液晶表示装置の液晶セル側に用いられる位相差フィルムの構成によって、正面コントラストが上がり、カラーシフトが改良されるとの技術が開示されているが、当該技術をもってしても、上記表示品位を向上する工夫、方法を採用した液晶表示装置に適用した場合、コントラストムラやカラーシフト、立体(3D)映像表示装置における首を傾けて映像を観察した時のクロストークの問題等については改善されない。
Patent Document 1 discloses a technique in which the front contrast is increased and the color shift is improved by the configuration of the retardation film used on the liquid crystal cell side of the VA mode liquid crystal display device. However, when applied to a liquid crystal display device employing a device or method for improving the display quality described above, contrast unevenness, color shift, and crosstalk when observing an image with a neck tilted in a stereoscopic (3D) image display device. Problems are not improved.
本発明は、上記問題・状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その解決課題は、開口率が高く、正面コントラストが高い液晶表示装置において、偏光板保護フィルムに起因するコントラストムラやカラーシフトが目立たず、立体(3D)映像表示装置において首を傾けて映像を観察した時のクロストークの発生がない液晶表示装置を提供することである。
The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and the problem to be solved is that in a liquid crystal display device having a high aperture ratio and high front contrast, unevenness in contrast and color shift due to the polarizing plate protective film are conspicuous. First, it is to provide a liquid crystal display device that does not generate crosstalk when a stereoscopic (3D) video display device is tilted to observe the video.
本発明者は、上記課題を解決すべく、上記問題の原因等について検討する過程において、視認側偏光板、VAモード型液晶セル、バックライト側偏光板を視認側からこの順で有する液晶表示装置において、視認側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムがλ/4板であり、かつ該VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムが、特定の位相差を有する偏光板保護フィルムである液晶表示装置によって、上記課題が解決できることを見いだし本発明に至った。
In order to solve the above problems, the present inventor has a viewing side polarizing plate, a VA mode type liquid crystal cell, and a backlight side polarizing plate in this order from the viewing side in the process of studying the cause of the above problem and the like. The polarizing plate protective film located on the viewing side is a λ / 4 plate, and the two polarizing plate protective films located between the VA mode type liquid crystal cells have a specific retardation. It has been found that the above problems can be solved by the liquid crystal display device as described above, and the present invention has been achieved.
すなわち、本発明に係る上記課題は、以下の手段により解決される。
That is, the above-mentioned problem according to the present invention is solved by the following means.
1.偏光子が2枚の偏光板保護フィルムで挟まれた構造を有する視認側偏光板、VAモード型液晶セル、及び偏光子が2枚の偏光板保護フィルムで挟まれた構造を有するバックライト側偏光板を視認側からこの順で有する液晶表示装置であって、該視認側偏光板の視認側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムがλ/4板であり、かつ該VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムの一方が、下記要件(1)で表される位相差を有するフィルムであり、かつ、もう一方の偏光板保護フィルムが下記要件(2)で表される位相差を有するフィルムであることを特徴とする液晶表示装置。
1. A viewing side polarizing plate having a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films, a VA mode type liquid crystal cell, and a backlight side polarizing having a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films A liquid crystal display device having plates in this order from the viewing side, wherein the polarizing plate protective film located on the viewing side of the viewing side polarizing plate is a λ / 4 plate, and is located across the VA mode type liquid crystal cell One of the two polarizing plate protective films is a film having a retardation represented by the following requirement (1), and the other polarizing plate protective film is a retardation represented by the following requirement (2) A liquid crystal display device, characterized by being a film having
(1)下記式(I)により定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が20~150nmの範囲内であり、かつ下記式(II)により定義される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が220~400nmの範囲内である。
(1) The in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 150 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II). Rt (590) is in the range of 220 to 400 nm.
(2)下記式(I)により定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が0~10nmの範囲内であり、かつ下記式(II)により定義される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が-15~15nmの範囲内である。
(2) In-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 0 to 10 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II). Rt (590) is in the range of −15 to 15 nm.
式(I):Ro(590)=(nx-ny)×d(nm)
式(II):Rt(590)={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
(式中、Ro(590)は、温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの面内方向のリターデーション値を表し、Rt(590)は温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの厚さ方向のリターデーション値を表す。また、dは偏光板保護フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。 Formula (I): Ro (590) = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (II): Rt (590) = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
(In the formula, Ro (590) represents the retardation value in the in-plane direction of the film at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and Rt (590) represents a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH. Represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the film at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and d represents the thickness (nm) of the polarizing plate protective film.
式(II):Rt(590)={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
(式中、Ro(590)は、温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの面内方向のリターデーション値を表し、Rt(590)は温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの厚さ方向のリターデーション値を表す。また、dは偏光板保護フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。 Formula (I): Ro (590) = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (II): Rt (590) = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
(In the formula, Ro (590) represents the retardation value in the in-plane direction of the film at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and Rt (590) represents a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH. Represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the film at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and d represents the thickness (nm) of the polarizing plate protective film.
nxは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表し、nyはフィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表し、nzは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。各屈折率は、いずれも温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmで測定する。)
2.前記VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、液晶セルに対して視認側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、前記要件(1)を満たすことを特徴とする前記第1項に記載の液晶表示装置。 n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film, n y is in the plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x, n z Represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm. )
2. Of the two polarizing plate protective films positioned across the VA mode type liquid crystal cell, the polarizing plate protective film positioned on the viewing side with respect to the liquid crystal cell satisfies the requirement (1). 2. A liquid crystal display device according toitem 1.
2.前記VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、液晶セルに対して視認側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、前記要件(1)を満たすことを特徴とする前記第1項に記載の液晶表示装置。 n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film, n y is in the plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x, n z Represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm. )
2. Of the two polarizing plate protective films positioned across the VA mode type liquid crystal cell, the polarizing plate protective film positioned on the viewing side with respect to the liquid crystal cell satisfies the requirement (1). 2. A liquid crystal display device according to
3.前記偏光板保護フィルムが、少なくともアセチル基置換度Xが、2.0≦X<2.7であるセルロースアセテートを含むことを特徴とする前記第2項に記載の液晶表示装置。
3. 3. The liquid crystal display device according to item 2, wherein the polarizing plate protective film contains cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree X of 2.0 ≦ X <2.7.
4.前記VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、液晶セルに対してバックライト側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、セルロースエステル樹脂とアクリル樹脂を含むことを特徴とする前記第1項~第3項のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
4. Of the two polarizing plate protective films located across the VA mode type liquid crystal cell, the polarizing plate protective film located on the backlight side with respect to the liquid crystal cell includes a cellulose ester resin and an acrylic resin, The liquid crystal display device according to any one of the first to third items.
5.前記VAモード型液晶セルが、SPVAモード型であることを特徴とする前記第1項~第4項のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
5. 5. The liquid crystal display device according to any one of items 1 to 4, wherein the VA mode type liquid crystal cell is an SPVA mode type.
6.前記液晶表示装置の開口率が、65%以上であることを特徴とする前記第1項~第5項のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
6. 6. The liquid crystal display device according to any one of items 1 to 5, wherein an aperture ratio of the liquid crystal display device is 65% or more.
7.前記液晶表示装置が、カラーフィルターオンアレイ(COA)構造を有することを特徴とする前記第1項~第6項のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
7. 7. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 1, wherein the liquid crystal display device has a color filter on array (COA) structure.
8.前記バックライト側偏光板を構成する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、バックライト側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、輝度向上フィルムであることを特徴とする前記第1項~第7項のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。
8. Of the two polarizing plate protective films constituting the backlight side polarizing plate, the polarizing plate protective film located on the backlight side is a brightness enhancement film. The liquid crystal display device according to any one of the above.
本発明によれば、開口率が高く、正面コントラストが高い液晶表示装置において、偏光板保護フィルムに起因するコントラストムラやカラーシフトが目立たず、立体(3D)映像表示装置において首を傾けて映像を観察した時のクロストークの発生がない液晶表示装置を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, in a liquid crystal display device with a high aperture ratio and a high front contrast, contrast unevenness and color shift caused by the polarizing plate protective film are not noticeable, and the neck is tilted in a stereoscopic (3D) image display device to display an image. It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device that does not generate crosstalk when observed.
本発明の効果の発現機構ないし作用機構については、明確にはなっていないが、以下のように推察している。
The expression mechanism or action mechanism of the effect of the present invention is not clear, but is presumed as follows.
従来の位相差フィルムの適用事例では、面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が20~70nmの範囲内であり、かつ厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が70~200nmの範囲内である位相差フィルムを、液晶セルの両面に配置して視野角を拡大するものであるが、該位相差フィルムは必ずしも均一な位相差をフィルム面全面に渡って有するものではなく、上記構成では2枚の位相差フィルムのムラが互いに干渉し合ってコントラストムラが拡大する傾向にあった。特に、液晶セルに対してバックライト側に位置する位相差フィルムのムラは、液晶セルへの入射光にムラを生じるため、その影響が大きいと考えられる。
In the application example of the conventional retardation film, the retardation value Ro (590) in the in-plane direction is in the range of 20 to 70 nm, and the retardation value Rt (590) in the thickness direction is in the range of 70 to 200 nm. The retardation film is disposed on both sides of the liquid crystal cell to expand the viewing angle, but the retardation film does not necessarily have a uniform retardation over the entire film surface. There was a tendency that the unevenness of the two retardation films interfered with each other to increase the unevenness of contrast. In particular, the unevenness of the retardation film positioned on the backlight side with respect to the liquid crystal cell is considered to have a great influence because it causes unevenness in the incident light to the liquid crystal cell.
更に、液晶表示装置の視認側表面にλ/4板を用いる場合は、λ/4板そのものが有する位相差ムラが加算される結果、コントラストが元々低い液晶表示装置では、視認性に与えるコントラストムラやカラーシフト等は目立たなかったが、コントラストが高い液晶表示装置では、上記位相差フィルムのムラが無視できなくなり、コントラストムラやカラーシフト等への影響が大きくなった。また、立体(3D)映像表示装置においては、首を傾けて映像を観察した時のクロストークが発生し易いという新たな問題も生じた。
Further, when a λ / 4 plate is used on the viewing side surface of the liquid crystal display device, the phase difference unevenness of the λ / 4 plate itself is added. However, in the liquid crystal display device having high contrast, the unevenness of the retardation film cannot be ignored, and the influence on the unevenness of contrast and the color shift becomes large. In addition, in the stereoscopic (3D) video display device, a new problem has arisen that crosstalk is likely to occur when the video is tilted and observed.
従って、液晶表示装置の視認側偏光板保護フィルムにλ/4板を用いる場合は、液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムの一方を従来よりも高い位相差を有するフィルムとし、もう一方を位相差を殆ど有しないフィルムとすることによって、上記位相差を有するフィルム同士のムラが干渉して拡大することを抑制できムラの低減を可能にできるものと考えられる。更に、当該位相差を有しないフィルムを、バックライト側に位置させることによって、液晶セルにムラの無い入射光を与えることができ、更に全体のコントラストムラの低減を図ることができるものと考えられる。
Therefore, when using a λ / 4 plate for the polarizing plate protective film on the viewing side of the liquid crystal display device, one of the two polarizing plate protective films located across the liquid crystal cell is a film having a higher retardation than the conventional one, By making the other film a film having little retardation, it is considered that the unevenness between the films having the retardation can be prevented from interfering and expanding, and the unevenness can be reduced. Furthermore, it is considered that the non-uniformity incident light can be given to the liquid crystal cell by positioning the film having no phase difference on the backlight side, and further, the overall contrast unevenness can be reduced. .
以下本発明を実施するための形態について詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Hereinafter, modes for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail, but the present invention is not limited to these.
本発明の液晶表示装置は、偏光子が2枚の偏光板保護フィルムで挟まれた構造を有する視認側偏光板、VAモード型液晶セル、偏光子が2枚の偏光板保護フィルムで挟まれた構造を有するバックライト側偏光板を視認側からこの順で有する液晶表示装置であって、該視認側偏光板の視認側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムがλ/4板であり、かつ該VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムの一方が、下記要件(1)で表される位相差を有するフィルムであり、かつ、もう一方の偏光板保護フィルムが下記要件(2)で表される位相差を有するフィルムであることが特徴である。
In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, a viewing side polarizing plate having a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films, a VA mode type liquid crystal cell, and a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films. A liquid crystal display device having a backlight side polarizing plate having a structure in this order from the viewing side, wherein the polarizing plate protective film positioned on the viewing side of the viewing side polarizing plate is a λ / 4 plate, and the VA mode One of the two polarizing plate protective films located across the liquid crystal cell is a film having a retardation expressed by the following requirement (1), and the other polarizing plate protective film has the following requirements (2 ) Is a film having a retardation represented by.
(1)前記式(I)により定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が20~150nmの範囲内であり、かつ前記式(II)により定義される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が220~400nmの範囲内である。
(1) The in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 150 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the formula (II). Rt (590) is in the range of 220 to 400 nm.
(2)前記式(I)により定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が0~10nmの範囲内であり、かつ前記式(II)により定義される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が-15~15nmの範囲内である。
(2) The in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the formula (I) is in the range of 0 to 10 nm, and the thickness direction retardation value is defined by the formula (II). Rt (590) is in the range of −15 to 15 nm.
この特徴は、請求項1から請求項8までの請求項に係る発明に共通する技術的特徴である。
This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 8.
本発明の実施態様としては、本発明の効果発現の観点から、前記VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、液晶セルに対して視認側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、前記要件(1)を満たすことが、コントラストムラやカラーシフトを低減し、立体(3D)映像表示装置において首を傾けて映像を観察した時のクロストークの発生を顕著に抑制する上で好ましい。
As an embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of manifesting the effects of the present invention, of the two polarizing plate protective films positioned with the VA mode liquid crystal cell in between, the polarizing plate positioned on the viewing side with respect to the liquid crystal cell When the protective film satisfies the requirement (1), it reduces contrast unevenness and color shift, and remarkably suppresses the occurrence of crosstalk when the head is tilted and observed in a stereoscopic (3D) video display device. Preferred above.
また、前記偏光板保護フィルムが、少なくともアセチル基置換度Xが、2.0≦X<2.7であるセルロースアセテートを含むことが、本発明の効果を呈する上で好ましい。
In addition, it is preferable that the polarizing plate protective film contains at least cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree X of 2.0 ≦ X <2.7.
また、前記VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、液晶セルに対してバックライト側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、セルロースエステル樹脂とアクリル樹脂を含むことが、要件(2)を満たす位相差フィルムを得ることから好ましい。
Moreover, the polarizing plate protective film located in the backlight side with respect to a liquid crystal cell among two polarizing plate protective films located on both sides of the said VA mode type liquid crystal cell may contain a cellulose ester resin and an acrylic resin. From the viewpoint of obtaining a retardation film satisfying the requirement (2).
前記VAモード型液晶セルが、SPVAモード型であることが好ましく、前記液晶表示装置の開口率が、65%以上であること、及び前記液晶表示装置が、カラーフィルターオンアレイ(COA)構造を有することが、視認性、コントラスト向上の点から好ましい。
The VA mode type liquid crystal cell is preferably an SPVA mode type, the liquid crystal display device has an aperture ratio of 65% or more, and the liquid crystal display device has a color filter on array (COA) structure. Is preferable from the viewpoint of improving visibility and contrast.
また、前記バックライト側偏光板を構成する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、バックライト側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、輝度向上フィルムであることがコントラスト向上の観点から好ましい。
Of the two polarizing plate protective films constituting the backlight side polarizing plate, the polarizing plate protective film located on the backlight side is preferably a brightness improving film from the viewpoint of improving the contrast.
以下、本発明を詳細に説明する。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
<液晶表示装置の構成>
図1に、本発明のVAモード型液晶セルを有する液晶表示装置の構成の一例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 <Configuration of liquid crystal display device>
FIG. 1 shows an example of the configuration of a liquid crystal display device having a VA mode type liquid crystal cell of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to this.
図1に、本発明のVAモード型液晶セルを有する液晶表示装置の構成の一例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 <Configuration of liquid crystal display device>
FIG. 1 shows an example of the configuration of a liquid crystal display device having a VA mode type liquid crystal cell of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to this.
本発明に係る偏光板は、偏光子1、10が2枚の偏光板保護フィルムで挟まれた構造を有しており、VAモード型液晶5を有する液晶セル15の両側に、視認側偏光板13、バックライト側偏光板14が配置されている。
The polarizing plate according to the present invention has a structure in which polarizers 1 and 10 are sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films, and a viewing side polarizing plate is provided on both sides of a liquid crystal cell 15 having a VA mode type liquid crystal 5. 13 and a backlight side polarizing plate 14 are arranged.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルム2、3、9、11は区別するため、各々偏光板保護フィルムT1、T2、T3、T4と呼称する。本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT1はλ/4板であり、偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は上記要件(1)、(2)を満たす偏光板保護フィルムである。
The polarizing plate protective films 2, 3, 9, and 11 according to the present invention are referred to as polarizing plate protective films T1, T2, T3, and T4, respectively, in order to distinguish them. The polarizing plate protective film T1 according to the present invention is a λ / 4 plate, and the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 are polarizing plate protective films satisfying the above requirements (1) and (2).
液晶セル15は透明基板4、8の間に、VAモード型液晶5が充填され、液晶セルのバックライト12側にカラーフィルタ6、薄膜トランジスタ7が設置され、この構造はカラーフィルターオンアレイ(COA)と呼ばれるものである。バックライト12は冷陰極管であってもLEDであってもよいが、コントラスト向上のためにはLEDであることが好ましい。
The liquid crystal cell 15 is filled with VA mode type liquid crystal 5 between the transparent substrates 4 and 8, and the color filter 6 and the thin film transistor 7 are installed on the backlight 12 side of the liquid crystal cell, and this structure is a color filter on array (COA). It is called. The backlight 12 may be a cold cathode tube or an LED, but is preferably an LED for improving the contrast.
当該VAモード型液晶表示装置は、SPVAモード型であることが好ましい。該SPVAモードは、多重ドメインを画定するためにカラーフィルタ基板にパターニングされた共通電極層とアレイ基板にパターニングされた画素電極層を有する。フリンジフィールドを形成させて液晶の傾く方向をいろいろな方向に均一に分散させることで、広視野角を確保できる。一般的に中間階調でライジングタイムが遅いとされ、DCC(高速化方式)を適応したときには残像が確認される。SPVAは互いに異なるピクセル電圧を有する分離された2つのピクセル電極領域(メインピクセルとサブピクセル)を1つのピクセル領域に形成するものであり、高コントラストを維持しつつ視野角拡大に優れる方式である。
The VA mode type liquid crystal display device is preferably an SPVA mode type. The SPVA mode has a common electrode layer patterned on a color filter substrate and a pixel electrode layer patterned on an array substrate to define multiple domains. A wide viewing angle can be secured by forming a fringe field and uniformly dispersing the tilting direction of the liquid crystal in various directions. Generally, it is assumed that the rising time is intermediate and the rising time is slow, and an afterimage is confirmed when DCC (acceleration method) is applied. SPVA forms two separated pixel electrode regions (main pixel and sub-pixel) having different pixel voltages in one pixel region, and is an excellent method for widening the viewing angle while maintaining high contrast.
当該COA方式は、例えば、特開平10-206888号公報などに記載されているように、カラーフィルタが液晶セルの駆動側基板に直接形成されたカラーフィルタ一体型駆動基板と、対向電極(導電層)を備える対向基板とをスペーサを介在させて対向配置し、その間隙部に液晶材料を封入して構成されるものであり、カラーフィルタを反射電極の上に形成し、高精細時に貼り合わせマージンを広くして歩留まりや開口率を向上させることができる。本発明の液晶表示装置の開口率は、該COA方式の構成によって65%以上であることが好ましい。
The COA method includes, for example, a color filter integrated drive substrate in which a color filter is directly formed on a drive side substrate of a liquid crystal cell, and a counter electrode (conductive layer) as described in JP-A-10-206888. ) And a counter substrate with a spacer interposed therebetween, and a liquid crystal material is sealed in the gap, and a color filter is formed on the reflective electrode, and a bonding margin is provided in high definition. The yield and aperture ratio can be improved by widening. The aperture ratio of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is preferably 65% or more depending on the configuration of the COA method.
因みに従来方式の、カラーフィルタと薄膜トランジスタが異なる透明基板に配置されている液晶表示装置の構造を図2に示すが、開口率は50~55%程度である。
Incidentally, FIG. 2 shows the structure of a conventional liquid crystal display device in which a color filter and a thin film transistor are arranged on different transparent substrates, and the aperture ratio is about 50 to 55%.
また、不図示だがバックライト12とバックライト側偏光板14の間には、導光板、光拡散フィルム、輝度向上フィルム等を配置してもよく、偏光板保護フィルムT4が輝度向上フィルムであることも好ましい態様である。
Although not shown, a light guide plate, a light diffusion film, a brightness enhancement film, etc. may be disposed between the backlight 12 and the backlight side polarization plate 14, and the polarization plate protective film T4 is a brightness enhancement film. Is also a preferred embodiment.
<偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3>
最初に本発明に係るVAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3について説明する。 <Polarizing plate protective films T2, T3>
First, the two polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 positioned with the VA mode type liquid crystal cell according to the present invention interposed therebetween will be described.
最初に本発明に係るVAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3について説明する。 <Polarizing plate protective films T2, T3>
First, the two polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 positioned with the VA mode type liquid crystal cell according to the present invention interposed therebetween will be described.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムであるT2とT3は、樹脂フィルムであることが好ましく、例えば、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートフィルム、セルロースジアセテートフィルム、セルロースアセテートブチレートフィルム等のセルロースエステル系フィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル系フィルム、ポリカーボネート系フィルム、ポリアリレート系フィルム、ポリスルホン(ポリエーテルスルホンも含む)系フィルム、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、セロファン、ポリ塩化ビニリデンフィルム、ポリビニルアルコールフィルム、エチレンビニルアルコールフィルム、シンジオタクティックポリスチレン系フィルム、ノルボルネン樹脂系フィルム、ポリメチルペンテンフィルム、ポリエーテルケトンフィルム、ポリエーテルケトンイミドフィルム、ポリアミドフィルム、フッ素樹脂フィルム、ナイロンフィルム、シクロオレフィンポリマーフィルム、ポリメチルメタクリレートフィルム又はアクリルフィルム等を使用することができる。これらの内、セルロースエステル系フィルムであることが、光学特性、物理特性、鹸化処理を伴う偏光板生産適性の観点で好ましい樹脂フィルムである。
The polarizing plate protective film T2 and T3 according to the present invention are preferably resin films, for example, cellulose such as triacetyl cellulose film, cellulose acetate propionate film, cellulose diacetate film, cellulose acetate butyrate film, etc. Ester film, Polyester film such as polyethylene terephthalate, Polyethylene naphthalate, Polycarbonate film, Polyarylate film, Polysulfone (including polyethersulfone) film, Polyethylene film, Polypropylene film, Cellophane, Polyvinylidene chloride film, Polyvinyl Alcohol film, ethylene vinyl alcohol film, syndiotactic polystyrene film, norbornene Resin film, a polymethylpentene film, a polyether ketone film, polyether ketone imide film, a polyamide film, a fluorine resin film, nylon film, can be used cycloolefin polymer film, a polymethylmethacrylate film, or an acrylic film. Among these, a cellulose ester film is a preferable resin film from the viewpoint of optical properties, physical properties, and suitability for producing a polarizing plate with a saponification treatment.
<セルロースエステルフィルム>
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、下記要件(1)及び(2)を満たす偏光板保護フィルムであり、光学特性、物性、取り扱い性、生産性の観点から、セルロースエステルフィルムであることが好ましい。(以下、本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムをセルロースエステルフィルムという場合がある。)
(1)下記式(I)により定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が20~150nmの範囲内であり、かつ下記式(II)により定義される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が220~400nmの範囲内である。 <Cellulose ester film>
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention are polarizing plate protective films that satisfy the following requirements (1) and (2), and are cellulose ester films from the viewpoint of optical properties, physical properties, handleability, and productivity. It is preferable. (Hereinafter, the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention may be referred to as a cellulose ester film.)
(1) The in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 150 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II). Rt (590) is in the range of 220 to 400 nm.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、下記要件(1)及び(2)を満たす偏光板保護フィルムであり、光学特性、物性、取り扱い性、生産性の観点から、セルロースエステルフィルムであることが好ましい。(以下、本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムをセルロースエステルフィルムという場合がある。)
(1)下記式(I)により定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が20~150nmの範囲内であり、かつ下記式(II)により定義される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が220~400nmの範囲内である。 <Cellulose ester film>
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention are polarizing plate protective films that satisfy the following requirements (1) and (2), and are cellulose ester films from the viewpoint of optical properties, physical properties, handleability, and productivity. It is preferable. (Hereinafter, the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention may be referred to as a cellulose ester film.)
(1) The in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 150 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II). Rt (590) is in the range of 220 to 400 nm.
上記リターデーション値Roの好ましい範囲は、30~100nmの範囲内、より好ましくは35~70nmの範囲内である。Rtの好ましい範囲は、250~350nmの範囲内である。上記範囲内のリターデーションであると、コントラストムラの低減と視野角拡大の効果を両立することができる。
The preferable range of the retardation value Ro is in the range of 30 to 100 nm, more preferably in the range of 35 to 70 nm. A preferred range for Rt is in the range of 250 to 350 nm. When the retardation is within the above range, both reduction in contrast unevenness and expansion of the viewing angle can be achieved.
(2)下記式(I)により定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が0~10nmの範囲内であり、かつ下記式(II)により定義される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が-15~15nmの範囲内である。
(2) In-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 0 to 10 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II). Rt (590) is in the range of −15 to 15 nm.
上記リターデーション値Roの好ましい範囲は、0~5nmの範囲内であり、Rtの好ましい範囲は-5~5nmの範囲内である。上記範囲内のリターデーションであると、液晶セルへの入射光のムラを低減し、コントラストムラやカラーシフトの低減の効果に寄与する。
The preferable range of the retardation value Ro is in the range of 0 to 5 nm, and the preferable range of Rt is in the range of −5 to 5 nm. When the retardation is within the above range, the unevenness of incident light to the liquid crystal cell is reduced, which contributes to the effect of reducing contrast unevenness and color shift.
式(I):Ro(590)=(nx-ny)×d(nm)
式(II):Rt(590)={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
(式中、Ro(590)は、温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの面内方向のリターデーション値を表し、Rt(590)は温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの厚さ方向のリターデーション値を表す。また、dは偏光板保護フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。 Formula (I): Ro (590) = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (II): Rt (590) = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
(In the formula, Ro (590) represents the retardation value in the in-plane direction of the film at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and Rt (590) represents a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH. Represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the film at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and d represents the thickness (nm) of the polarizing plate protective film.
式(II):Rt(590)={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
(式中、Ro(590)は、温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの面内方向のリターデーション値を表し、Rt(590)は温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの厚さ方向のリターデーション値を表す。また、dは偏光板保護フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。 Formula (I): Ro (590) = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (II): Rt (590) = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
(In the formula, Ro (590) represents the retardation value in the in-plane direction of the film at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and Rt (590) represents a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH. Represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the film at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and d represents the thickness (nm) of the polarizing plate protective film.
nxは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表し、nyはフィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表し、nzは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。各屈折率は、いずれも温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmで測定する。)
上記リターデーションは、自動複屈折計(KOBRA21DH、王子計測(株))測定することによって求めることができる。 n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film, n y is in the plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x, n z Represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm. )
The retardation can be obtained by measuring an automatic birefringence meter (KOBRA21DH, Oji Scientific Co., Ltd.).
上記リターデーションは、自動複屈折計(KOBRA21DH、王子計測(株))測定することによって求めることができる。 n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film, n y is in the plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x, n z Represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm. )
The retardation can be obtained by measuring an automatic birefringence meter (KOBRA21DH, Oji Scientific Co., Ltd.).
偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3が上記要件(1)、(2)のどちらを満たすかの制限はないが、バックライト側から遠い位置に配置する偏光板保護フィルムT2が上記要件(1)を満たすことがコントラストムラをより目立たなくする観点から好ましい。
Although there is no restriction | limiting which polarizing plate protective film T2 and T3 satisfy | fill the said requirements (1) and (2), The polarizing plate protective film T2 arrange | positioned in the position far from a backlight side satisfy | fills the said requirement (1). It is preferable from the viewpoint of making the contrast unevenness less noticeable.
上記範囲のリターデーションを付与するには、セルロースエステルやその他の樹脂の種類と添加量、可塑剤等添加剤の種類と添加量、リターデーション上昇剤の種類と添加量、リターデーション低減剤の種類と添加量、及び製膜時の延伸処理の条件等によって制御することが可能である。
In order to give retardation within the above range, the types and addition amounts of cellulose esters and other resins, the types and addition amounts of additives such as plasticizers, the types and addition amounts of retardation increasing agents, the types of retardation reducing agents And the amount added, and the conditions of the stretching treatment during film formation can be controlled.
(セルロースエステル)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3に用いるセルロースエステルは、セルロースエステル全体の平均アセチル基置換度≧1.9であることが好ましい。 (Cellulose ester)
The cellulose ester used for the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention preferably has an average degree of acetyl group substitution of the whole cellulose ester ≧ 1.9.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3に用いるセルロースエステルは、セルロースエステル全体の平均アセチル基置換度≧1.9であることが好ましい。 (Cellulose ester)
The cellulose ester used for the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention preferably has an average degree of acetyl group substitution of the whole cellulose ester ≧ 1.9.
セルロースエステルのアシル基の置換度の測定方法はASTM-D817-96に準じて測定することができる。
The measuring method of the substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96.
本発明に用いるセルロースエステルは上記アセチル基置換度を満足すれば、特に限定はないが、セルロースエステルとしては炭素数2~22程度のカルボン酸エステルであり、芳香族カルボン酸のエステルでもよく、特にセルロースの低級脂肪酸エステルであることが好ましい。セルロースの低級脂肪酸エステルにおける低級脂肪酸とは炭素原子数が6以下の脂肪酸を意味している。ヒドロキシ基に結合するアシル基は、直鎖であっても分岐してもよく、また環を形成してもよい。更に別の置換基が置換してもよい。同じ置換度である場合、前記炭素数が多いと複屈折性が低下するため、炭素数としては炭素数2~6のアシル基の中で選択することが好ましい。前記セルロースエステルとしての炭素数が2~4であることが好ましく、炭素数が2~3であることがより好ましい。
The cellulose ester used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the acetyl group substitution degree is satisfied, but the cellulose ester is a carboxylic acid ester having about 2 to 22 carbon atoms, and may be an aromatic carboxylic acid ester. A lower fatty acid ester of cellulose is preferable. The lower fatty acid in the lower fatty acid ester of cellulose means a fatty acid having 6 or less carbon atoms. The acyl group bonded to the hydroxy group may be linear or branched, and may form a ring. Furthermore, another substituent may be substituted. In the case of the same degree of substitution, birefringence decreases when the number of carbon atoms is large. Therefore, the number of carbon atoms is preferably selected from acyl groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The cellulose ester preferably has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
前記セルロースエステルは、混合酸由来のアシル基を用いることもでき、特に好ましくは炭素数が2と3、あるいは炭素数が2と4のアシル基を用いることができる。本発明ではセルロースエステルとして、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、又はセルロースアセテートプロピオネートブチレートのようなアセチル基の他にプロピオネート基又はブチレート基が結合したセルロースの混合脂肪酸エステルを用いることができる。なお、ブチレートを形成するブチリル基としては、直鎖状でも分岐していてもよい。本発明において好ましく用いられるセルロースエステルとしては、特にセルロースアセテート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートが好ましく用いられる。
The cellulose ester may be an acyl group derived from a mixed acid, and particularly preferably an acyl group having 2 and 3 carbon atoms or 2 and 4 carbon atoms. In the present invention, as the cellulose ester, a mixed fatty acid ester of cellulose to which a propionate group or a butyrate group is bonded in addition to an acetyl group such as cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, or cellulose acetate propionate butyrate is used. Can do. The butyryl group that forms butyrate may be linear or branched. As the cellulose ester preferably used in the present invention, cellulose acetate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate propionate are particularly preferably used.
セルロースアセテートの場合は、アセチル基置換度Xが2.0≦X<2.7のセルロースアセテートであることが位相差の発現性の観点から好ましい。より好ましいアセチル基置換度は2.2≦X≦2.5である。
In the case of cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree X of 2.0 ≦ X <2.7 is preferable from the viewpoint of expression of retardation. A more preferable degree of acetyl group substitution is 2.2 ≦ X ≦ 2.5.
一方、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートの場合は、下記式(1)~(3)を同時に満足するものが好ましい。
On the other hand, in the case of cellulose acetate butyrate and cellulose acetate propionate, those that simultaneously satisfy the following formulas (1) to (3) are preferable.
式(1) 2.0≦X+Y≦3.0
式(2) 1.9≦X≦3.0
式(3) 0.1≦Y≦1.1
式中、Xはアセチル基の置換度、Yはプロピオニル基又はブチリル基の置換度であり、X+Yは総アシル基の置換度である。 Formula (1) 2.0 <= X + Y <= 3.0
Formula (2) 1.9 <= X <= 3.0
Formula (3) 0.1 <= Y <= 1.1
In the formula, X is the degree of substitution of the acetyl group, Y is the degree of substitution of the propionyl group or butyryl group, and X + Y is the degree of substitution of the total acyl group.
式(2) 1.9≦X≦3.0
式(3) 0.1≦Y≦1.1
式中、Xはアセチル基の置換度、Yはプロピオニル基又はブチリル基の置換度であり、X+Yは総アシル基の置換度である。 Formula (1) 2.0 <= X + Y <= 3.0
Formula (2) 1.9 <= X <= 3.0
Formula (3) 0.1 <= Y <= 1.1
In the formula, X is the degree of substitution of the acetyl group, Y is the degree of substitution of the propionyl group or butyryl group, and X + Y is the degree of substitution of the total acyl group.
この中でセルロースアセテートプロピオネートの場合は、1.9≦X≦2.5であり、0.2≦Y≦1.0であることが好ましい。
Among these, in the case of cellulose acetate propionate, 1.9 ≦ X ≦ 2.5 and preferably 0.2 ≦ Y ≦ 1.0.
前記アセチル基の置換度が低過ぎると、セルロース樹脂の骨格を構成するピラノース環のヒドロキシ基に対して未反応部分が多くなり、該ヒドロキシ基が多く残存することにより、寸法変化、反りの発生、且つスリット不良等、バインダーとしての物性が低下し易い。
If the degree of substitution of the acetyl group is too low, there are many unreacted parts with respect to the hydroxy group of the pyranose ring constituting the skeleton of the cellulose resin, and a large amount of the hydroxy group remains, resulting in dimensional change and warping. In addition, physical properties as a binder are liable to deteriorate, such as a slit failure.
本発明に用いられるセルロースエステルは、数平均分子量(Mn)が60000以上、180000未満、重量平均分子量(Mw)/数平均分子量(Mn)の比、Mw/Mnが1.5~5.5のものが好ましく用いられ、特に好ましくは2.0~5.0であり、更に好ましくは2.5~5.0であり、更に好ましくは3.0~5.0のセルロースエステルが好ましく用いられる。
The cellulose ester used in the present invention has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 60,000 or more and less than 180,000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn) ratio, and Mw / Mn is 1.5 to 5.5. Are preferably used, particularly preferably 2.0 to 5.0, more preferably 2.5 to 5.0, and still more preferably 3.0 to 5.0 cellulose ester.
また、本発明に用いられるセルロースエステルは、重量平均分子量(Mw)がMw≧260000であって、且つMwが10000以上異なる2種以上のセルロースエステルを含有することも好ましい。
The cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably contains two or more types of cellulose esters having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of Mw ≧ 260,000 and Mw of 10,000 or more.
セルロースエステルの分子量は小さい方が延伸処理時のヘイズの上昇は少ないが、流延時のベルトからの剥離性が劣化し易く、分子量の異なる2種以上のセルロースエステルを混合することで、剥離性が改善されると同時に、後述する可塑剤とセルロースエステルとの相溶性も改善できるため、ヘイズの上昇抑制や寸法安定性を高める効果もある。
The smaller the molecular weight of the cellulose ester, the less the haze rises during the stretching process, but the peelability from the belt during casting tends to deteriorate, and by mixing two or more cellulose esters having different molecular weights, the peelability is improved. At the same time, the compatibility between the plasticizer and the cellulose ester, which will be described later, can be improved, so that there is an effect of suppressing the increase in haze and enhancing the dimensional stability.
重量平均分子量(Mw)は260000~500000の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは290000~400000の範囲である。2種以上のセルロースエステルのMwの差は10000以上、100000以下であることが好ましく、20000以上、50000以下であることが好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 260000-500000, more preferably in the range of 290000-400000. The difference in Mw between two or more cellulose esters is preferably 10,000 or more and 100,000 or less, and more preferably 20,000 or more and 50,000 or less.
分子量の小さいセルロースエステルと分子量の大きいセルロースエステルの混合比は、99:1~1:99の範囲でとり得るが、好ましくは90:10~50:50の範囲内、より好ましくは90:10~60:40の範囲内、特に好ましくは85:15~60:40の範囲内である。
The mixing ratio of the low molecular weight cellulose ester and the high molecular weight cellulose ester can be in the range of 99: 1 to 1:99, but is preferably in the range of 90:10 to 50:50, more preferably 90:10 to It is within the range of 60:40, particularly preferably within the range of 85:15 to 60:40.
セルロースエステルの数平均分子量(Mn)と重量平均分子量(Mw)は下記のように測定できる。
The number average molecular weight (Mn) and weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose ester can be measured as follows.
高速液体クロマトグラフィーにより下記条件で測定する。
Measured by high performance liquid chromatography under the following conditions.
溶媒 :メチレンクロライド
カラム :Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
カラム温度:25℃
試料濃度 :0.1質量%
検出器 :RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
ポンプ :L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
流量 :1.0ml/min
校正曲線 :標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=1000000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。 Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Mw = 1000,000 to 500 calibration curves with 13 samples were used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.
カラム :Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
カラム温度:25℃
試料濃度 :0.1質量%
検出器 :RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
ポンプ :L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
流量 :1.0ml/min
校正曲線 :標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=1000000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。 Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Mw = 1000,000 to 500 calibration curves with 13 samples were used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.
本発明に用いられるセルロースエステルの原料のセルロースとしては、特に限定はないが、木材パルプ(針葉樹パルプ、広葉樹パルプ)や綿花リンターなどが使用できる。セルロースの種類や複数の原料セルロースの使用により、セルロースエステルのMwを制御できる。例えば、広葉樹前加水分解クラフトパルプを用いてエステル化すると、セルロースエステルのMwが大きくなり、針葉樹サルファイトパルプを用いると、Mwが小さくなり易い。そのため、セルロースは単独で又は二種以上組み合わせてもよく、例えば、針葉樹パルプと、綿花リンター又は広葉樹パルプとを併用してもよい。セルロースとしては、通常、パルプ(特に針葉樹パルプ)を用いる場合が多い。なお、セルロースのα-セルロース含有量(質量%)は、通常、94~99(例えば、95~99)、好ましくは96~98.5(例えば、97.3~98)程度であってもよい。
The cellulose used as a raw material for the cellulose ester used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and wood pulp (coniferous pulp, hardwood pulp), cotton linter, and the like can be used. The Mw of the cellulose ester can be controlled by the type of cellulose and the use of a plurality of raw material celluloses. For example, if esterification is performed using pre-hydrolysis kraft pulp, the Mw of the cellulose ester increases, and if softwood sulfite pulp is used, the Mw tends to decrease. Therefore, cellulose may be used singly or in combination of two or more. For example, softwood pulp and cotton linter or hardwood pulp may be used in combination. As cellulose, usually pulp (particularly softwood pulp) is often used. The α-cellulose content (mass%) of cellulose is usually from 94 to 99 (eg, 95 to 99), preferably from about 96 to 98.5 (eg, 97.3 to 98). .
本発明に係るセルロースエステルは、セルロース原料のアシル化剤が酸無水物(無水酢酸、無水プロピオン酸、無水酪酸)である場合には、酢酸のような有機酸やメチレンクロライド等の有機溶媒を用い、硫酸のようなプロトン性触媒を用いて反応が行われる。アシル化剤が酸クロライド(CH3COCl、C2H5COCl、C3H7COCl)の場合には、触媒としてアミンのような塩基性化合物を用いて反応が行われる。具体的には特開平10-45804号に記載の方法を参考にして合成することができる。
In the cellulose ester according to the present invention, when the acylating agent of the cellulose raw material is an acid anhydride (acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride), an organic solvent such as acetic acid or an organic solvent such as methylene chloride is used. The reaction is carried out using a protic catalyst such as sulfuric acid. When the acylating agent is acid chloride (CH 3 COCl, C 2 H 5 COCl, C 3 H 7 COCl), the reaction is carried out using a basic compound such as an amine as a catalyst. Specifically, it can be synthesized with reference to the method described in JP-A-10-45804.
(添加剤)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、セルロースエステル以外の樹脂やポリマー、可塑剤、リターデーション上昇剤、リターデーション低減剤等のリターデーション調整剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、光安定化剤、染料、剥離促進剤、微粒子等の滑り剤等を含有することが好ましい。 (Additive)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention include retardation adjusters such as resins and polymers other than cellulose esters, plasticizers, retardation increasing agents, retardation reducing agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, and light stability. It is preferable to contain an agent, a dye, a peeling accelerator, a sliding agent such as fine particles.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、セルロースエステル以外の樹脂やポリマー、可塑剤、リターデーション上昇剤、リターデーション低減剤等のリターデーション調整剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、光安定化剤、染料、剥離促進剤、微粒子等の滑り剤等を含有することが好ましい。 (Additive)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention include retardation adjusters such as resins and polymers other than cellulose esters, plasticizers, retardation increasing agents, retardation reducing agents, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, and light stability. It is preferable to contain an agent, a dye, a peeling accelerator, a sliding agent such as fine particles.
(可塑剤)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは、本発明の効果を得る上で必要に応じて適量の可塑剤を含有することが好ましい。可塑剤は特に限定されないが、好ましくは、多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤、グリコレート系可塑剤、フタル酸エステル系可塑剤、脂肪酸エステル系可塑剤及び多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤、ポリエステル系可塑剤、アクリル系可塑剤等から選択される。そのうち、可塑剤を2種以上用いる場合は、少なくとも1種は多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤であることが好ましい。 (Plasticizer)
The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains an appropriate amount of a plasticizer as necessary to obtain the effects of the present invention. The plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer, a glycolate plasticizer, a phthalate ester plasticizer, a fatty acid ester plasticizer, a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer, or a polyester plasticizer. Agent, acrylic plasticizer and the like. Of these, when two or more plasticizers are used, at least one plasticizer is preferably a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは、本発明の効果を得る上で必要に応じて適量の可塑剤を含有することが好ましい。可塑剤は特に限定されないが、好ましくは、多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤、グリコレート系可塑剤、フタル酸エステル系可塑剤、脂肪酸エステル系可塑剤及び多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤、ポリエステル系可塑剤、アクリル系可塑剤等から選択される。そのうち、可塑剤を2種以上用いる場合は、少なくとも1種は多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤であることが好ましい。 (Plasticizer)
The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains an appropriate amount of a plasticizer as necessary to obtain the effects of the present invention. The plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably a polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer, a glycolate plasticizer, a phthalate ester plasticizer, a fatty acid ester plasticizer, a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer, or a polyester plasticizer. Agent, acrylic plasticizer and the like. Of these, when two or more plasticizers are used, at least one plasticizer is preferably a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer.
多価アルコールエステルは2価以上の脂肪族多価アルコールとモノカルボン酸のエステルよりなり、分子内に芳香環又はシクロアルキル環を有することが好ましい。
The polyhydric alcohol ester is composed of an ester of a divalent or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, and preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule.
用いられる多価アルコールは次の一般式(1)で表される。
The polyhydric alcohol used is represented by the following general formula (1).
一般式(1) R1-(OH)n(式中、R1はn価の有機基、nは2以上の正の整数を表す)
好ましい多価アルコールの例としては、例えば以下のようなものを挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。アドニトール、アラビトール、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、ジブチレングリコール、1,2,4-ブタントリオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、ヘキサントリオール、ガラクチトール、マンニトール、3-メチルペンタン-1,3,5-トリオール、ピナコール、ソルビトール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン、キシリトール、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトールなどを挙げることができる。中でも、トリメチロールプロパン、ペンタエリスリトールが好ましい。 General formula (1) R1- (OH) n (wherein R1 represents an n-valent organic group and n represents a positive integer of 2 or more)
Examples of preferred polyhydric alcohols include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these. Adonitol, arabitol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3- Butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, hexanetriol, galactitol, mannitol, 3-methylpentane Examples include 1,3,5-triol, pinacol, sorbitol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, xylitol, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol and the like. Of these, trimethylolpropane and pentaerythritol are preferable.
好ましい多価アルコールの例としては、例えば以下のようなものを挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。アドニトール、アラビトール、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、ジブチレングリコール、1,2,4-ブタントリオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、ヘキサントリオール、ガラクチトール、マンニトール、3-メチルペンタン-1,3,5-トリオール、ピナコール、ソルビトール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン、キシリトール、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトールなどを挙げることができる。中でも、トリメチロールプロパン、ペンタエリスリトールが好ましい。 General formula (1) R1- (OH) n (wherein R1 represents an n-valent organic group and n represents a positive integer of 2 or more)
Examples of preferred polyhydric alcohols include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these. Adonitol, arabitol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3- Butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, hexanetriol, galactitol, mannitol, 3-methylpentane Examples include 1,3,5-triol, pinacol, sorbitol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, xylitol, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol and the like. Of these, trimethylolpropane and pentaerythritol are preferable.
多価アルコールエステルに用いられるモノカルボン酸としては、特に制限はなく、公知の脂肪族モノカルボン酸、脂環族モノカルボン酸、芳香族モノカルボン酸などを用いることができる。脂環族モノカルボン酸、芳香族モノカルボン酸を用いると、透湿性、保留性を向上させる点で好ましい。好ましいモノカルボン酸の例としては、以下のようなものを挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as monocarboxylic acid used for polyhydric alcohol ester, Well-known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid, etc. can be used. Use of an alicyclic monocarboxylic acid or aromatic monocarboxylic acid is preferable in terms of improving moisture permeability and retention. Examples of preferred monocarboxylic acids include the following, but are not limited thereto.
脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、炭素数1~32の直鎖又は側鎖を持った脂肪酸を好ましく用いることができる。炭素数1~20であることが更に好ましく、炭素数1~10であることが特に好ましい。酢酸を用いるとセルロースエステルとの相溶性が増すため好ましく、酢酸と他のモノカルボン酸を混合して用いることも好ましい。
As the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, a fatty acid having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferably, it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The use of acetic acid is preferred because the compatibility with the cellulose ester is increased, and it is also preferred to use a mixture of acetic acid and another monocarboxylic acid.
好ましい脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、エナント酸、カプリル酸、ペラルゴン酸、カプリン酸、2-エチル-ヘキサンカルボン酸、ウンデシル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデシル酸、ミリスチン酸、ペンタデシル酸、パルミチン酸、ヘプタデシル酸、ステアリン酸、ノナデカン酸、アラキン酸、ベヘン酸、リグノセリン酸、セロチン酸、ヘプタコサン酸、モンタン酸、メリシン酸、ラクセル酸などの飽和脂肪酸、ウンデシレン酸、オレイン酸、ソルビン酸、リノール酸、リノレン酸、アラキドン酸などの不飽和脂肪酸などを挙げることができる。好ましい脂環族モノカルボン酸の例としては、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロオクタンカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができる。好ましい芳香族モノカルボン酸の例としては、安息香酸、トルイル酸などの安息香酸のベンゼン環にアルキル基を導入したもの、ビフェニルカルボン酸、ナフタリンカルボン酸、テトラリンカルボン酸などのベンゼン環を2個以上持つ芳香族モノカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができる。特に、安息香酸が好ましい。
Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid, tridecylic acid , Saturated fatty acids such as myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, laccelic acid, undecylenic acid, Examples thereof include unsaturated fatty acids such as oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid and arachidonic acid. Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, or derivatives thereof. Examples of preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include those in which an alkyl group is introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, and two or more benzene rings such as biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid, and tetralin carboxylic acid. The aromatic monocarboxylic acid which has, or derivatives thereof can be mentioned. In particular, benzoic acid is preferred.
多価アルコールエステルの分子量は、300~1500の範囲であることが好ましく、350~750の範囲であることが更に好ましい。分子量が大きい方が揮発し難くなるため好ましく、透湿性、セルロースエステルとの相溶性の点では小さい方が好ましい。多価アルコールエステルに用いられるカルボン酸は一種類でもよいし、二種以上の混合であってもよい。また、多価アルコール中のOH基は全てエステル化してもよいし、一部をOH基のままで残してもよい。以下に、多価アルコールエステルの具体的化合物を示すが、これに限定されるものではない。
The molecular weight of the polyhydric alcohol ester is preferably in the range of 300 to 1500, and more preferably in the range of 350 to 750. A higher molecular weight is preferred because it is less likely to volatilize, and a smaller one is preferred in terms of moisture permeability and compatibility with cellulose ester. The carboxylic acid used for the polyhydric alcohol ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Moreover, all the OH groups in the polyhydric alcohol may be esterified, or a part of the OH groups may be left as they are. Although the specific compound of a polyhydric alcohol ester is shown below, it is not limited to this.
この他、トリメチロールプロパントリアセテート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアセテートなども好ましく用いられる。
In addition, trimethylolpropane triacetate, pentaerythritol tetraacetate, and the like are also preferably used.
グリコレート系可塑剤は特に限定されないが、アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類が好ましく用いることができる。アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類としては、例えばメチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、プロピルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、メチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、メチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、プロピルフタリルブチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、メチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルエチルグリコレート等が挙げられる。
The glycolate plasticizer is not particularly limited, but alkylphthalylalkyl glycolates can be preferably used. Examples of alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl ethyl Glycolate, ethyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl butyl glycol Butyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, octyl phthalate Ethyl glycolate, and the like.
フタル酸エステル系可塑剤としては、ジエチルフタレート、ジメトキシエチルフタレート、ジメチルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジブチルフタレート、ジ-2-エチルヘキシルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルテレフタレート等が挙げられる。
Examples of the phthalate ester plasticizer include diethyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, and dicyclohexyl terephthalate.
クエン酸エステル系可塑剤としては、クエン酸アセチルトリメチル、クエン酸アセチルトリエチル、クエン酸アセチルトリブチル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the citrate plasticizer include acetyl trimethyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, and acetyl tributyl citrate.
脂肪酸エステル系可塑剤として、オレイン酸ブチル、リシノール酸メチルアセチル、セバシン酸ジブチル等が挙げられる。
Examples of fatty acid ester plasticizers include butyl oleate, methylacetyl ricinoleate, and dibutyl sebacate.
リン酸エステル系可塑剤としては、トリフェニルホスフェート、トリクレジルホスフェート、クレジルジフェニルホスフェート、オクチルジフェニルホスフェート、ジフェニルビフェニルホスフェート、トリオクチルホスフェート、トリブチルホスフェート等が挙げられる。
Examples of the phosphate ester plasticizer include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, and the like.
多価カルボン酸エステル化合物としては、2価以上、好ましくは2価~20価の多価カルボン酸とアルコールのエステルよりなる。また、脂肪族多価カルボン酸は2~20価であることが好ましく、芳香族多価カルボン酸、脂環式多価カルボン酸の場合は3価~20価であることが好ましい。
The polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound is composed of an ester of a divalent or higher, preferably a divalent to 20valent polyvalent carboxylic acid and an alcohol. The aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably divalent to 20-valent, and in the case of an aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acid or alicyclic polyvalent carboxylic acid, it is preferably trivalent to 20-valent.
多価カルボン酸は次の一般式(2)で表される。
The polyvalent carboxylic acid is represented by the following general formula (2).
一般式(2) R2(COOH)m(OH)n(但し、R2は(m+n)価の有機基、mは2以上の正の整数、nは0以上の整数、COOH基はカルボキシ基、OH基はアルコール性又はフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を表す。)
好ましい多価カルボン酸の例としては、例えば以下のようなものを挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。トリメリット酸、トリメシン酸、ピロメリット酸のような3価以上の芳香族多価カルボン酸又はその誘導体、コハク酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、シュウ酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸のような脂肪族多価カルボン酸、酒石酸、タルトロン酸、リンゴ酸、クエン酸のようなオキシ多価カルボン酸などを好ましく用いることができる。特にオキシ多価カルボン酸を用いることが、保留性向上などの点で好ましい。 General formula (2) R2 (COOH) m (OH) n (where R2 is an (m + n) -valent organic group, m is a positive integer of 2 or more, n is an integer of 0 or more, COOH group is a carboxy group, OH The group represents an alcoholic or phenolic hydroxy group.)
Examples of preferred polyvalent carboxylic acids include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these. Trivalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids such as trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid or derivatives thereof, succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, tetrahydrophthal An aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid such as an acid, an oxypolyvalent carboxylic acid such as tartaric acid, tartronic acid, malic acid and citric acid can be preferably used. In particular, it is preferable to use an oxypolycarboxylic acid from the viewpoint of improving retention.
好ましい多価カルボン酸の例としては、例えば以下のようなものを挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。トリメリット酸、トリメシン酸、ピロメリット酸のような3価以上の芳香族多価カルボン酸又はその誘導体、コハク酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、シュウ酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸のような脂肪族多価カルボン酸、酒石酸、タルトロン酸、リンゴ酸、クエン酸のようなオキシ多価カルボン酸などを好ましく用いることができる。特にオキシ多価カルボン酸を用いることが、保留性向上などの点で好ましい。 General formula (2) R2 (COOH) m (OH) n (where R2 is an (m + n) -valent organic group, m is a positive integer of 2 or more, n is an integer of 0 or more, COOH group is a carboxy group, OH The group represents an alcoholic or phenolic hydroxy group.)
Examples of preferred polyvalent carboxylic acids include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these. Trivalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids such as trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid or derivatives thereof, succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, tetrahydrophthal An aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid such as an acid, an oxypolyvalent carboxylic acid such as tartaric acid, tartronic acid, malic acid and citric acid can be preferably used. In particular, it is preferable to use an oxypolycarboxylic acid from the viewpoint of improving retention.
本発明に用いることのできる多価カルボン酸エステル化合物に用いられるアルコールとしては特に制限はなく公知のアルコール、フェノール類を用いることができる。例えば炭素数1~32の直鎖又は側鎖を持った脂肪族飽和アルコール又は脂肪族不飽和アルコールを好ましく用いることができる。炭素数1~20であることが更に好ましく、炭素数1~10であることが特に好ましい。また、シクロペンタノール、シクロヘキサノールなどの脂環式アルコール又はその誘導体、ベンジルアルコール、シンナミルアルコールなどの芳香族アルコール又はその誘導体なども好ましく用いることができる。
The alcohol used in the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound that can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and known alcohols and phenols can be used. For example, an aliphatic saturated alcohol or aliphatic unsaturated alcohol having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferably, it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In addition, alicyclic alcohols such as cyclopentanol and cyclohexanol or derivatives thereof, aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol and cinnamyl alcohol, or derivatives thereof can also be preferably used.
多価カルボン酸としてオキシ多価カルボン酸を用いる場合は、オキシ多価カルボン酸のアルコール性又はフェノール性のヒドロキシ基をモノカルボン酸を用いてエステル化しても良い。好ましいモノカルボン酸の例としては以下のようなものを挙げることができるが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
When an oxypolycarboxylic acid is used as the polycarboxylic acid, the alcoholic or phenolic hydroxy group of the oxypolycarboxylic acid may be esterified with a monocarboxylic acid. Examples of preferred monocarboxylic acids include the following, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては炭素数1~32の直鎖又は側鎖を持った脂肪酸を好ましく用いることができる。炭素数1~20であることが更に好ましく、炭素数1~10であることが特に好ましい。
As the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, a straight-chain or side-chain fatty acid having 1 to 32 carbon atoms can be preferably used. More preferably, it has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
好ましい脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、エナント酸、カプリル酸、ペラルゴン酸、カプリン酸、2-エチル-ヘキサンカルボン酸、ウンデシル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデシル酸、ミリスチン酸、ペンタデシル酸、パルミチン酸、ヘプタデシル酸、ステアリン酸、ノナデカン酸、アラキン酸、ベヘン酸、リグノセリン酸、セロチン酸、ヘプタコサン酸、モンタン酸、メリシン酸、ラクセル酸などの飽和脂肪酸、ウンデシレン酸、オレイン酸、ソルビン酸、リノール酸、リノレン酸、アラキドン酸などの不飽和脂肪酸などを挙げることができる。
Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid, tridecylic acid, Saturated fatty acids such as myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laccelic acid, undecylenic acid, olein Examples thereof include unsaturated fatty acids such as acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and arachidonic acid.
好ましい脂環族モノカルボン酸の例としては、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロオクタンカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができる。
Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, and derivatives thereof.
好ましい芳香族モノカルボン酸の例としては、安息香酸、トルイル酸などの安息香酸のベンゼン環にアルキル基を導入したもの、ビフェニルカルボン酸、ナフタリンカルボン酸、テトラリンカルボン酸などのベンゼン環を2個以上もつ芳香族モノカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができる。特に酢酸、プロピオン酸、安息香酸であることが好ましい。
Examples of preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include those in which an alkyl group is introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, and two or more benzene rings such as biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid, and tetralin carboxylic acid. Aromatic monocarboxylic acids possessed by them, or derivatives thereof. Particularly preferred are acetic acid, propionic acid, and benzoic acid.
多価カルボン酸エステル化合物の分子量は特に制限はないが、分子量300~1000の範囲であることが好ましく、350~750の範囲であることが更に好ましい。保留性向上の点では大きい方が好ましく、透湿性、セルロースエステルとの相溶性の点では小さい方が好ましい。
The molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1000, and more preferably in the range of 350 to 750. The larger one is preferable in terms of improvement in retention, and the smaller one is preferable in terms of moisture permeability and compatibility with cellulose ester.
多価カルボン酸エステルに用いられるアルコール類は一種類でも良いし、二種以上の混合であっても良い。
The alcohol used for the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
多価カルボン酸エステル化合物の酸価は1mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、0.2mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。酸価を上記範囲にすることによって、リターデーションの環境変動も抑制されるため好ましい。
The acid value of the polycarboxylic acid ester compound is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 0.2 mgKOH / g or less. Setting the acid value in the above range is preferable because the environmental fluctuation of the retardation is also suppressed.
(酸価)
酸価とは、試料1g中に含まれる酸(試料中に存在するカルボキシ基)を中和するために必要な水酸化カリウムのミリグラム数をいう。酸価はJIS K0070に準拠して測定したものである。 (Acid value)
The acid value refers to the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide necessary for neutralizing the acid (carboxy group present in the sample) contained in 1 g of the sample. The acid value is measured according to JIS K0070.
酸価とは、試料1g中に含まれる酸(試料中に存在するカルボキシ基)を中和するために必要な水酸化カリウムのミリグラム数をいう。酸価はJIS K0070に準拠して測定したものである。 (Acid value)
The acid value refers to the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide necessary for neutralizing the acid (carboxy group present in the sample) contained in 1 g of the sample. The acid value is measured according to JIS K0070.
特に好ましい多価カルボン酸エステル化合物の例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。例えば、トリエチルシトレート、トリブチルシトレート、アセチルトリエチルシトレート(ATEC)、アセチルトリブチルシトレート(ATBC)、ベンゾイルトリブチルシトレート、アセチルトリフェニルシトレート、アセチルトリベンジルシトレート、酒石酸ジブチル、酒石酸ジアセチルジブチル、トリメリット酸トリブチル、ピロメリット酸テトラブチル等が挙げられる。
Examples of particularly preferred polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compounds are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, triethyl citrate, tributyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate (ATEC), acetyl tributyl citrate (ATBC), benzoyl tributyl citrate, acetyl triphenyl citrate, acetyl tribenzyl citrate, dibutyl tartrate, diacetyl dibutyl tartrate, Examples include tributyl trimellitic acid and tetrabutyl pyromellitic acid.
(糖エステル化合物)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、下記一般式(I)で表される化合物(本発明では、セルロースエステル以外の糖エステル化合物を、糖エステル化合物と呼称する。)を含有することが、延伸によるヘイズを防ぎ、安定な位相差発現を促す上で好ましい。 (Sugar ester compound)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention contain a compound represented by the following general formula (I) (in the present invention, a sugar ester compound other than a cellulose ester is referred to as a sugar ester compound). However, it is preferable for preventing haze caused by stretching and promoting stable retardation.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、下記一般式(I)で表される化合物(本発明では、セルロースエステル以外の糖エステル化合物を、糖エステル化合物と呼称する。)を含有することが、延伸によるヘイズを防ぎ、安定な位相差発現を促す上で好ましい。 (Sugar ester compound)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention contain a compound represented by the following general formula (I) (in the present invention, a sugar ester compound other than a cellulose ester is referred to as a sugar ester compound). However, it is preferable for preventing haze caused by stretching and promoting stable retardation.
本発明において、一般式(I)で表される化合物の置換度とは、一般式(I)に含まれる8つのヒドロキシ基のうち、水素以外の置換基で置換されている数を表し、すなわち、一般式(I)のR1~R8のうち、水素以外の基を含む数を表す。したがって、R1~R8が全て水素以外の置換基により置換された場合に、置換度は最大値の8.0となり、R1~R8が全て水素原子である場合には、0.0となる。
In the present invention, the degree of substitution of the compound represented by the general formula (I) represents the number substituted with a substituent other than hydrogen among the eight hydroxy groups contained in the general formula (I). Represents a number containing groups other than hydrogen among R 1 to R 8 in formula (I). Accordingly, when all of R 1 to R 8 are substituted with a substituent other than hydrogen, the degree of substitution is 8.0, which is the maximum value, and when R 1 to R 8 are all hydrogen atoms, 0.0 It becomes.
一般式(I)で表される構造を有する化合物は、ヒドロキシ基の数、OR基の数が固定された単一種の化合物を合成することは困難であり、式中のヒドロキシ基の数、OR基の異なる成分が数種類混合された化合物となることが知られているため、本発明における一般式(I)の置換度としては、平均置換度を用いることが適当であり、常法により高速液体クロマトグラフィーによって置換度分布を示すチャートの面積比から平均置換度を測定することができる。
The compound having the structure represented by the general formula (I) is difficult to synthesize a single kind of compound in which the number of hydroxy groups and the number of OR groups are fixed, and the number of hydroxy groups in the formula, OR Since it is known that a compound in which several kinds of components having different groups are mixed is used, it is appropriate to use the average degree of substitution as the degree of substitution of the general formula (I) in the present invention. The average substitution degree can be measured from the area ratio of the chart showing the substitution degree distribution by chromatography.
一般式(I)において、R1~R8は、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換のアルキルカルボニル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニル基を表し、それぞれR1~R8は、同じであっても、異なっていてもよい。
In the general formula (I), R 1 to R 8 each represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, and each of R 1 to R 8 is the same. May be different.
本発明に用いられる糖エステル化合物の合成原料の糖の例としては、例えば以下のようなものを挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Examples of the sugar as a raw material for synthesizing the sugar ester compound used in the present invention include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these.
グルコース、ガラクトース、マンノース、フルクトース、キシロース、あるいはアラビノース、ラクトース、スクロース、ニストース、1F-フラクトシルニストース、スタキオース、マルチトール、ラクチトール、ラクチュロース、セロビオース、マルトース、セロトリオース、マルトトリオース、ラフィノースあるいはケストースなどが挙げられる。
Glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, or arabinose, lactose, sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose or kestose Can be mentioned.
この他、ゲンチオビオース、ゲンチオトリオース、ゲンチオテトラオース、キシロトリオース、ガラクトシルスクロースなども挙げられる。
Other examples include gentiobiose, gentiotriose, gentiotetraose, xylotriose, and galactosyl sucrose.
本発明に用いられる糖エステル化合物の合成時に用いられるモノカルボン酸としては、特に制限はなく、公知の脂肪族モノカルボン酸、脂環族モノカルボン酸、芳香族モノカルボン酸等を用いることができる。用いられるカルボン酸は1種類でもよいし2種以上の混合であってもよい。
The monocarboxylic acid used in the synthesis of the sugar ester compound used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid and the like can be used. . The carboxylic acid used may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
好ましい脂肪族モノカルボン酸の例としては、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、イソ酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、エナント酸、カプリル酸、ペラルゴン酸、カプリン酸、2-エチル-ヘキサンカルボン酸、ウンデシル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデシル酸、ミリスチン酸、ペンタデシル酸、パルミチン酸、ヘプタデシル酸、ステアリン酸、ノナデカン酸、アラキン酸、ベヘン酸、リグノセリン酸、セロチン酸、ヘプタコサン酸、モンタン酸、メリシン酸、ラクセル酸等の飽和脂肪酸、ウンデシレン酸、オレイン酸、ソルビン酸、リノール酸、リノレン酸、アラキドン酸、オクテン酸等の不飽和脂肪酸等を挙げることができる。
Examples of preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecyl acid, Saturated lauric acid, tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, mellicic acid, and laxaric acid Examples thereof include unsaturated fatty acids such as fatty acids, undecylenic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid and octenoic acid.
好ましい脂環族モノカルボン酸の例としては、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロオクタンカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができる。
Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, and derivatives thereof.
好ましい芳香族モノカルボン酸の例としては、安息香酸、トルイル酸等の安息香酸のベンゼン環に1~5個のアルキル基若しくはアルコキシ基を導入した芳香族モノカルボン酸、ケイ皮酸、ベンジル酸、ビフェニルカルボン酸、ナフタリンカルボン酸、テトラリンカルボン酸等のベンゼン環を2個以上有する芳香族モノカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができるが、特に安息香酸が好ましい。
Examples of preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include aromatic monocarboxylic acids in which 1 to 5 alkyl groups or alkoxy groups are introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, cinnamic acid, benzylic acid, An aromatic monocarboxylic acid having two or more benzene rings such as biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid and tetralin carboxylic acid, or a derivative thereof can be mentioned, and benzoic acid is particularly preferable.
具体例の一部を以下に示すが、これらは、R1~R8を全て同じ置換基とした場合であって、本発明はこれらに限定されない。なお、下表において平均置換度が8.0未満の場合、R1~R8のうちのいずれかは水素原子を表す。
Some specific examples are shown below, but these are cases where R 1 to R 8 are all the same substituents, and the present invention is not limited thereto. In the table below, when the average degree of substitution is less than 8.0, any one of R 1 to R 8 represents a hydrogen atom.
本発明に用いられる糖エステル化合物は、糖エステルに、アシル化剤(エステル化剤ともいう、例えば、アセチルクロライドの酸ハロゲン化物、無水酢酸等の無水物)を反応させることによって製造することが可能であり、置換度の分布は、アシル化剤の量、添加タイミング、エステル化反応時間の調節によって成されるが、置換度違いの糖エステル化合物の混合、あるいは純粋に単離した置換度違いの化合物を混合することにより、目的の平均置換度、置換度4以下の成分を調整することができる。
The sugar ester compound used in the present invention can be produced by reacting a sugar ester with an acylating agent (also called an esterifying agent, for example, an acid halide of acetyl chloride, an anhydride such as acetic anhydride). The distribution of the degree of substitution is made by adjusting the amount of acylating agent, the timing of addition, and the esterification reaction time, but it is possible to mix sugar ester compounds with different degrees of substitution, or purely isolated degrees of substitution. By mixing the compounds, it is possible to adjust a component having a target average substitution degree and a substitution degree of 4 or less.
撹拌装置、還流冷却器、温度計及び窒素ガス導入管を備えた四頭コルベンに、ショ糖34.2g(0.1モル)、無水安息香酸135.6g(0.6モル)、ピリジン284.8g(3.6モル)を仕込み、撹拌下に窒素ガス導入管から窒素ガスをバブリングさせながら昇温し、70℃で5時間エステル化反応を行った。
Four-headed Kolben equipped with a stirrer, a reflux condenser, a thermometer, and a nitrogen gas inlet tube were charged with 34.2 g (0.1 mol) of sucrose, 135.6 g (0.6 mol) of benzoic anhydride, 284. 8 g (3.6 mol) was charged, the temperature was raised while bubbling nitrogen gas through a nitrogen gas introduction tube with stirring, and an esterification reaction was carried out at 70 ° C. for 5 hours.
次に、コルベン内を4×102Pa以下に減圧し、60℃で過剰のピリジンを留去した後に、コルベン内を1.3×10Pa以下に減圧し、120℃まで昇温させ、無水安息香酸、生成した安息香酸の大部分を留去した。そして、次にトルエン1L、0.5質量%の炭酸ナトリウム水溶液300gを添加し、50℃で30分間撹拌後、静置して、トルエン層を分取した。最後に、分取したトルエン層に水100gを添加し、常温で30分間水洗後、トルエン層を分取し、減圧下(4×102Pa以下)、60℃でトルエンを留去させ、化合物A-1、A-2、A-3、A-4及びA-5等の混合物である糖エステル化合物1を得た。
Next, the inside of the Kolben is depressurized to 4 × 10 2 Pa or less, and after excess pyridine is distilled off at 60 ° C., the inside of the Kolben is depressurized to 1.3 × 10 Pa or less and the temperature is raised to 120 ° C. Most of the acid and benzoic acid formed were distilled off. Then, 1 L of toluene and 300 g of a 0.5% by mass aqueous sodium carbonate solution were added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 30 minutes and then allowed to stand to separate a toluene layer. Finally, 100 g of water is added to the collected toluene layer, and after washing with water at room temperature for 30 minutes, the toluene layer is separated, and toluene is distilled off at 60 ° C. under reduced pressure (4 × 10 2 Pa or less). A sugar ester compound 1 which is a mixture of A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4, A-5 and the like was obtained.
得られた混合物を高速液体クロマトグラフィー-質量分析(HPLC-MS)で解析したところ、A-1が1.2質量%、A-2が13.2質量%、A-3が14.2質量%、A-4が35.4質量%、A-5等が40.0質量%であった。平均置換度は5.2であった。
The obtained mixture was analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS). As a result, A-1 was 1.2% by mass, A-2 was 13.2% by mass, and A-3 was 14.2% by mass. %, A-4 was 35.4% by mass, A-5 and the like were 40.0% by mass. The average degree of substitution was 5.2.
同様に、無水安息香酸158.2g(0.7モル)、146.9g(0.65モル)、135.6g(0.6モル)、124.3g(0.55モル)と当モルのピリジンとを反応させて、表1記載のような成分の糖エステルを得た。
Similarly, 158.2 g (0.7 mol) of benzoic anhydride, 146.9 g (0.65 mol), 135.6 g (0.6 mol), 124.3 g (0.55 mol) and equimolar pyridine. To obtain sugar esters of components as shown in Table 1.
なお、A-5等とは、置換度4以下の全ての成分、つまり置換度4、3、2、1の化合物の混合物であることを意味する。また、平均置換度は、A-5等を置換度4として計算した。
A-5 etc. means a mixture of all components having a substitution degree of 4 or less, that is, compounds having substitution degrees of 4, 3, 2, 1. The average degree of substitution was calculated with A-5 and the like being the degree of substitution 4.
本発明においては、ここで作製した方法により所望の平均置換度に近い糖エステル及び単離したA-1~A-5等を組み合わせ添加することにより、平均置換度を調整した。
In the present invention, the average degree of substitution was adjusted by adding in combination the sugar ester close to the desired degree of average substitution and the isolated A-1 to A-5 etc. by the method prepared here.
<HPLC-MSの測定条件>
1)LC部
装置:日本分光(株)製カラムオーブン(JASCO CO-965)、ディテクター(JASCO UV-970-240nm)、ポンプ(JASCO PU-980)、デガッサ-(JASCO DG-980-50)
カラム:Inertsil ODS-3 粒子径5μm 4.6×250mm(ジーエルサイエンス(株)製)
カラム温度:40℃
流速:1ml/min
移動相:THF(1%酢酸):H2O(50:50)
注入量:3μl
2)MS部
装置:LCQ DECA(Thermo Quest(株)製)
イオン化法:エレクトロスプレーイオン化(ESI)法
Spray Voltage:5kV
Capillary温度:180℃
Vaporizer温度:450℃
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは、上記糖エステル化合物を、偏光板保護フィルム中に1~20質量%の範囲内、特に3~15質量%の範囲内含むことが好ましい。この範囲内であれば、本発明の優れた効果を呈すると共に、原反保管中におけるブリードアウトなどもなく好ましい。 <Measurement conditions for HPLC-MS>
1) LC section Equipment: Column oven (JASCO CO-965) manufactured by JASCO Corporation, detector (JASCO UV-970-240 nm), pump (JASCO PU-980), degasser (JASCO DG-980-50)
Column: Inertsil ODS-3Particle size 5 μm 4.6 × 250 mm (manufactured by GL Sciences Inc.)
Column temperature: 40 ° C
Flow rate: 1 ml / min
Mobile phase: THF (1% acetic acid): H 2 O (50:50)
Injection volume: 3 μl
2) MS unit Device: LCQ DECA (manufactured by Thermo Quest Co., Ltd.)
Ionization method: Electrospray ionization (ESI) method Spray Voltage: 5 kV
Capillary temperature: 180 ° C
Vaporizer temperature: 450 ° C
The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains the sugar ester compound in the polarizing plate protective film in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, particularly in the range of 3 to 15% by mass. Within this range, it is preferable that the excellent effects of the present invention are exhibited and there is no bleeding out during storage of the raw material.
1)LC部
装置:日本分光(株)製カラムオーブン(JASCO CO-965)、ディテクター(JASCO UV-970-240nm)、ポンプ(JASCO PU-980)、デガッサ-(JASCO DG-980-50)
カラム:Inertsil ODS-3 粒子径5μm 4.6×250mm(ジーエルサイエンス(株)製)
カラム温度:40℃
流速:1ml/min
移動相:THF(1%酢酸):H2O(50:50)
注入量:3μl
2)MS部
装置:LCQ DECA(Thermo Quest(株)製)
イオン化法:エレクトロスプレーイオン化(ESI)法
Spray Voltage:5kV
Capillary温度:180℃
Vaporizer温度:450℃
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは、上記糖エステル化合物を、偏光板保護フィルム中に1~20質量%の範囲内、特に3~15質量%の範囲内含むことが好ましい。この範囲内であれば、本発明の優れた効果を呈すると共に、原反保管中におけるブリードアウトなどもなく好ましい。 <Measurement conditions for HPLC-MS>
1) LC section Equipment: Column oven (JASCO CO-965) manufactured by JASCO Corporation, detector (JASCO UV-970-240 nm), pump (JASCO PU-980), degasser (JASCO DG-980-50)
Column: Inertsil ODS-3
Column temperature: 40 ° C
Flow rate: 1 ml / min
Mobile phase: THF (1% acetic acid): H 2 O (50:50)
Injection volume: 3 μl
2) MS unit Device: LCQ DECA (manufactured by Thermo Quest Co., Ltd.)
Ionization method: Electrospray ionization (ESI) method Spray Voltage: 5 kV
Capillary temperature: 180 ° C
Vaporizer temperature: 450 ° C
The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains the sugar ester compound in the polarizing plate protective film in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, particularly in the range of 3 to 15% by mass. Within this range, it is preferable that the excellent effects of the present invention are exhibited and there is no bleeding out during storage of the raw material.
(エステル系化合物)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、下記一般式(II)で表されるエステル系化合物を含有することが、延伸によるヘイズを防ぎ、破断等を抑制する上で好ましい。 (Ester compound)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention preferably contain an ester compound represented by the following general formula (II) from the viewpoint of preventing haze due to stretching and suppressing breakage and the like.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、下記一般式(II)で表されるエステル系化合物を含有することが、延伸によるヘイズを防ぎ、破断等を抑制する上で好ましい。 (Ester compound)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention preferably contain an ester compound represented by the following general formula (II) from the viewpoint of preventing haze due to stretching and suppressing breakage and the like.
エステル系化合物は、分子内に芳香環又はシクロアルキル環を有するエステル系化合物を用いることが好ましい。エステル系化合物としては、下記一般式(II)で表せる芳香族末端エステル系可塑剤を用いることが好ましい。
As the ester compound, an ester compound having an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule is preferably used. As the ester compound, an aromatic terminal ester plasticizer represented by the following general formula (II) is preferably used.
一般式(II) B-(G-A)n-G-B
(式中、Bはベンゼンモノカルボン酸残基、Gは炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール残基又は炭素数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール残基、Aは炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールジカルボン酸残基を表し、またnは1以上の整数を表す。)
一般式(II)で表される化合物は、Bで示されるベンゼンモノカルボン酸残基とGで示されるアルキレングリコール残基又はオキシアルキレングリコール残基又はアリールグリコール残基、Aで示されるアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又はアリールジカルボン酸残基とから構成されるものであり、通常のポリエステル系可塑剤と同様の反応により得られる。 Formula (II) B- (GA) n -GB
(Wherein B is a benzene monocarboxylic acid residue, G is an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.)
The compound represented by the general formula (II) includes a benzene monocarboxylic acid residue represented by B, an alkylene glycol residue, an oxyalkylene glycol residue or an aryl glycol residue represented by G, and an alkylene dicarboxylic acid represented by A. It is composed of a residue or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue, and can be obtained by the same reaction as a normal polyester plasticizer.
(式中、Bはベンゼンモノカルボン酸残基、Gは炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール残基又は炭素数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール残基、Aは炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールジカルボン酸残基を表し、またnは1以上の整数を表す。)
一般式(II)で表される化合物は、Bで示されるベンゼンモノカルボン酸残基とGで示されるアルキレングリコール残基又はオキシアルキレングリコール残基又はアリールグリコール残基、Aで示されるアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又はアリールジカルボン酸残基とから構成されるものであり、通常のポリエステル系可塑剤と同様の反応により得られる。 Formula (II) B- (GA) n -GB
(Wherein B is a benzene monocarboxylic acid residue, G is an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.)
The compound represented by the general formula (II) includes a benzene monocarboxylic acid residue represented by B, an alkylene glycol residue, an oxyalkylene glycol residue or an aryl glycol residue represented by G, and an alkylene dicarboxylic acid represented by A. It is composed of a residue or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue, and can be obtained by the same reaction as a normal polyester plasticizer.
エステル系可塑剤のベンゼンモノカルボン酸成分としては、例えば、安息香酸、パラターシャリブチル安息香酸、オルソトルイル酸、メタトルイル酸、パラトルイル酸、ジメチル安息香酸、エチル安息香酸、ノルマルプロピル安息香酸、アミノ安息香酸、アセトキシ安息香酸等があり、これらはそれぞれ1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用することができる。
Examples of the benzene monocarboxylic acid component of the ester plasticizer include benzoic acid, para-tert-butyl benzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, normal propyl benzoic acid, and aminobenzoic acid. And acetoxybenzoic acid and the like, and these can be used as one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds, respectively.
エステル系可塑剤の炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール成分としては、エチレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(ネオペンチルグリコール)、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールペンタン)、2-n-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールヘプタン)、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール-1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、1,12-オクタデカンジオール等があり、これらのグリコールは、1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用される。特に炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコールがセルロースエステルとの相溶性に優れているため、特に好ましい。
Examples of the alkylene glycol component having 2 to 12 carbon atoms of the ester plasticizer include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1, 2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (neopentyl glycol), 2, 2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolheptane), 3-methyl-1 , 5-pentanediol-1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl 1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-octadecanediol, and the like. Used as a mixture of two or more. In particular, alkylene glycols having 2 to 12 carbon atoms are particularly preferable because of excellent compatibility with cellulose esters.
また、上記芳香族末端エステルの炭素数4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール成分としては、例えば、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール等があり、これらのグリコールは、1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用できる。
Examples of the oxyalkylene glycol component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms of the aromatic terminal ester include diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol. These glycols include 1 It can be used as a seed or a mixture of two or more.
芳香族末端エステルの炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸成分としては、例えば、コハク酸、マレイン酸、フマール酸、グルタール酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、ドデカンジカルボン酸等があり、これらは、それぞれ1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用される。炭素数6~12のアリーレンジカルボン酸成分としては、フタル酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、1,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,4-ナフタレンジカルボン酸等がある。
Examples of the alkylene dicarboxylic acid component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms of the aromatic terminal ester include succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, and dodecanedicarboxylic acid. These are used as one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Examples of the arylene dicarboxylic acid component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and the like.
エステル系可塑剤は、数平均分子量が、好ましくは300~1500の範囲内、より好ましくは400~1000の範囲内が好適である。また、その酸価は、0.5mgKOH/g以下、ヒドロキシル価は25mgKOH/g以下、より好ましくは酸価0.3mgKOH/g以下、ヒドロキシル価は15mgKOH/g以下のものである。
The number average molecular weight of the ester plasticizer is preferably in the range of 300 to 1500, more preferably in the range of 400 to 1000. The acid value is 0.5 mgKOH / g or less, the hydroxyl value is 25 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably the acid value is 0.3 mgKOH / g or less, and the hydroxyl value is 15 mgKOH / g or less.
以下、芳香族末端エステル系可塑剤の合成例を示す。
Hereinafter, synthesis examples of aromatic terminal ester plasticizers will be shown.
〈サンプルNo.1(芳香族末端エステルサンプル)〉
反応容器にフタル酸410部、安息香酸610部、ジプロピレングリコール737部、及び触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.40部を一括して仕込み窒素気流中で攪拌下、還流凝縮器を付して過剰の1価アルコールを還流させながら、酸価が2以下になるまで130~250℃の範囲内で加熱を続け生成する水を連続的に除去した。次いで200~230℃の範囲内で1.33×104Pa~最終的に4×102Pa以下の減圧下、留出分を除去し、この後濾過して次の性状を有する芳香族末端エステル系可塑剤を得た。 <Sample No. 1 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)>
A reaction vessel was charged with 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 737 parts of dipropylene glycol, and 0.40 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as a catalyst. While the monohydric alcohol was refluxed, heating was continued in the range of 130 to 250 ° C. until the acid value became 2 or less, and water produced was continuously removed. Next, the distillate is removed under reduced pressure of 1.33 × 10 4 Pa to finally 4 × 10 2 Pa or less within a range of 200 to 230 ° C., and then filtered to obtain an aromatic terminal having the following properties: An ester plasticizer was obtained.
反応容器にフタル酸410部、安息香酸610部、ジプロピレングリコール737部、及び触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.40部を一括して仕込み窒素気流中で攪拌下、還流凝縮器を付して過剰の1価アルコールを還流させながら、酸価が2以下になるまで130~250℃の範囲内で加熱を続け生成する水を連続的に除去した。次いで200~230℃の範囲内で1.33×104Pa~最終的に4×102Pa以下の減圧下、留出分を除去し、この後濾過して次の性状を有する芳香族末端エステル系可塑剤を得た。 <Sample No. 1 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)>
A reaction vessel was charged with 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 737 parts of dipropylene glycol, and 0.40 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as a catalyst. While the monohydric alcohol was refluxed, heating was continued in the range of 130 to 250 ° C. until the acid value became 2 or less, and water produced was continuously removed. Next, the distillate is removed under reduced pressure of 1.33 × 10 4 Pa to finally 4 × 10 2 Pa or less within a range of 200 to 230 ° C., and then filtered to obtain an aromatic terminal having the following properties: An ester plasticizer was obtained.
粘度(25℃、mPa・s);43400
酸価 ;0.2
〈サンプルNo.2(芳香族末端エステルサンプル)〉
反応容器に、フタル酸410部、安息香酸610部、エチレングリコール341部、及び触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.35部を用いる以外はサンプルNo.1と全く同様にして次の性状を有する芳香族末端エステルを得た。 Viscosity (25 ° C., mPa · s); 43400
Acid value: 0.2
<Sample No. 2 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)>
Sample No. 1 was used except that 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 341 parts of ethylene glycol, and 0.35 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as a catalyst were used in the reaction vessel. In the same manner as in No. 1, an aromatic terminal ester having the following properties was obtained.
酸価 ;0.2
〈サンプルNo.2(芳香族末端エステルサンプル)〉
反応容器に、フタル酸410部、安息香酸610部、エチレングリコール341部、及び触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.35部を用いる以外はサンプルNo.1と全く同様にして次の性状を有する芳香族末端エステルを得た。 Viscosity (25 ° C., mPa · s); 43400
Acid value: 0.2
<Sample No. 2 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)>
Sample No. 1 was used except that 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 341 parts of ethylene glycol, and 0.35 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as a catalyst were used in the reaction vessel. In the same manner as in No. 1, an aromatic terminal ester having the following properties was obtained.
粘度(25℃、mPa・s);31000
酸価 ;0.1
〈サンプルNo.3(芳香族末端エステルサンプル)〉
反応容器に、フタル酸410部、安息香酸610部、1,2-プロパンジオール418部、及び触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.35部を用いる以外はサンプルNo.1と全く同様にして次の性状を有する芳香族末端エステルを得た。 Viscosity (25 ° C., mPa · s); 31000
Acid value: 0.1
<Sample No. 3 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)>
Sample No. 1 was used except that 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 418 parts of 1,2-propanediol, and 0.35 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as the catalyst were used in the reaction vessel. In the same manner as in No. 1, an aromatic terminal ester having the following properties was obtained.
酸価 ;0.1
〈サンプルNo.3(芳香族末端エステルサンプル)〉
反応容器に、フタル酸410部、安息香酸610部、1,2-プロパンジオール418部、及び触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.35部を用いる以外はサンプルNo.1と全く同様にして次の性状を有する芳香族末端エステルを得た。 Viscosity (25 ° C., mPa · s); 31000
Acid value: 0.1
<Sample No. 3 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)>
Sample No. 1 was used except that 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 418 parts of 1,2-propanediol, and 0.35 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as the catalyst were used in the reaction vessel. In the same manner as in No. 1, an aromatic terminal ester having the following properties was obtained.
粘度(25℃、mPa・s);38000
酸価 ;0.05
〈サンプルNo.4(芳香族末端エステルサンプル)〉
反応容器に、フタル酸410部、安息香酸610部、1,3-プロパンジオール418部、及び触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.35部を用いる以外はサンプルNo.1と全く同様にして次の性状を有する芳香族末端エステルを得た。 Viscosity (25 ° C., mPa · s); 38000
Acid value: 0.05
<Sample No. 4 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)>
Sample No. 1 was used except that 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 418 parts of 1,3-propanediol, and 0.35 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as a catalyst were used in the reaction vessel. In the same manner as in No. 1, an aromatic terminal ester having the following properties was obtained.
酸価 ;0.05
〈サンプルNo.4(芳香族末端エステルサンプル)〉
反応容器に、フタル酸410部、安息香酸610部、1,3-プロパンジオール418部、及び触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.35部を用いる以外はサンプルNo.1と全く同様にして次の性状を有する芳香族末端エステルを得た。 Viscosity (25 ° C., mPa · s); 38000
Acid value: 0.05
<Sample No. 4 (Aromatic terminal ester sample)>
Sample No. 1 was used except that 410 parts of phthalic acid, 610 parts of benzoic acid, 418 parts of 1,3-propanediol, and 0.35 part of tetraisopropyl titanate as a catalyst were used in the reaction vessel. In the same manner as in No. 1, an aromatic terminal ester having the following properties was obtained.
粘度(25℃、mPa・s);37000
酸価 ;0.05
以下に、芳香族末端エステル系可塑剤の具体的化合物を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されない。 Viscosity (25 ° C., mPa · s); 37000
Acid value: 0.05
Although the specific compound of an aromatic terminal ester plasticizer is shown below, this invention is not limited to this.
酸価 ;0.05
以下に、芳香族末端エステル系可塑剤の具体的化合物を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されない。 Viscosity (25 ° C., mPa · s); 37000
Acid value: 0.05
Although the specific compound of an aromatic terminal ester plasticizer is shown below, this invention is not limited to this.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは、上記エステル系化合物を、フィルム中に1~20質量%の範囲内、特に3~11質量%の範囲内含むことが好ましい。この範囲内であれば、本発明の優れた効果を呈すると共に、破断等の故障を抑制することができる。
The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains the ester compound in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, particularly 3 to 11% by mass. If it is in this range, while exhibiting the outstanding effect of this invention, failures, such as a fracture | rupture, can be suppressed.
(リターデーション上昇剤)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3、特に上記要件(1)を満たすフィルムはリターデーション上昇剤を含むことが好ましく、該リターデーション上昇剤として、欧州特許911,656A2号明細書に記載されているような、二つ以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族化合物をリターデーション上昇剤として使用することが好ましい。また二種類以上の芳香族化合物を併用してもよい。芳香族化合物の芳香族環には、芳香族炭化水素環に加えて、芳香族性ヘテロ環を含む。芳香族性ヘテロ環であることが特に好ましく、芳香族性ヘテロ環は一般に、不飽和ヘテロ環である。中でも1,3,5-トリアジン環が特に好ましい。 (Retardation increasing agent)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention, in particular, a film satisfying the above requirement (1) preferably contains a retardation increasing agent, and is described in European Patent No. 911,656A2 as the retardation increasing agent. It is preferable to use an aromatic compound having two or more aromatic rings as a retardation increasing agent. Two or more aromatic compounds may be used in combination. The aromatic ring of the aromatic compound includes an aromatic hetero ring in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Particularly preferred is an aromatic heterocycle, and the aromatic heterocycle is generally an unsaturated heterocycle. Of these, a 1,3,5-triazine ring is particularly preferred.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3、特に上記要件(1)を満たすフィルムはリターデーション上昇剤を含むことが好ましく、該リターデーション上昇剤として、欧州特許911,656A2号明細書に記載されているような、二つ以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族化合物をリターデーション上昇剤として使用することが好ましい。また二種類以上の芳香族化合物を併用してもよい。芳香族化合物の芳香族環には、芳香族炭化水素環に加えて、芳香族性ヘテロ環を含む。芳香族性ヘテロ環であることが特に好ましく、芳香族性ヘテロ環は一般に、不飽和ヘテロ環である。中でも1,3,5-トリアジン環が特に好ましい。 (Retardation increasing agent)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention, in particular, a film satisfying the above requirement (1) preferably contains a retardation increasing agent, and is described in European Patent No. 911,656A2 as the retardation increasing agent. It is preferable to use an aromatic compound having two or more aromatic rings as a retardation increasing agent. Two or more aromatic compounds may be used in combination. The aromatic ring of the aromatic compound includes an aromatic hetero ring in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Particularly preferred is an aromatic heterocycle, and the aromatic heterocycle is generally an unsaturated heterocycle. Of these, a 1,3,5-triazine ring is particularly preferred.
(セルロースエステル樹脂・熱可塑性アクリル樹脂含有フィルム)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3、特に上記要件(2)を満たすフィルムは、リターデーションの調整を行う観点から、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有し、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂の含有質量比が、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂:セルロースエステル樹脂=95:5~50:50の範囲内であるフィルムとすることが好ましい。 (Cellulose ester resin / thermoplastic acrylic resin-containing film)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention, in particular, the film satisfying the above requirement (2) contains a thermoplastic acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin from the viewpoint of adjusting the retardation, It is preferable that the content ratio of the cellulose ester resin is a thermoplastic acrylic resin: cellulose ester resin = 95: 5 to 50:50.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3、特に上記要件(2)を満たすフィルムは、リターデーションの調整を行う観点から、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂とを含有し、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂の含有質量比が、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂:セルロースエステル樹脂=95:5~50:50の範囲内であるフィルムとすることが好ましい。 (Cellulose ester resin / thermoplastic acrylic resin-containing film)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention, in particular, the film satisfying the above requirement (2) contains a thermoplastic acrylic resin and a cellulose ester resin from the viewpoint of adjusting the retardation, It is preferable that the content ratio of the cellulose ester resin is a thermoplastic acrylic resin: cellulose ester resin = 95: 5 to 50:50.
アクリル樹脂には、メタクリル樹脂も含まれる。アクリル樹脂としては、特に制限されるものではないが、メチルメタクリレート単位50~99質量%の範囲内、及びこれと共重合可能な他の単量体単位1~50質量%の範囲内からなるものが好ましい。共重合可能な他の単量体としては、アルキル数の炭素数が2~18のアルキルメタクリレート、アルキル数の炭素数が1~18のアルキルアクリレート、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸等のα,β-不飽和酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和基含有二価カルボン酸、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等のα,β-不飽和ニトリル、無水マレイン酸、マレイミド、N-置換マレイミド、グルタル酸無水物等が挙げられ、これらは単独で、あるいは2種以上の単量体を併用して用いることができる。
Acrylic resin includes methacrylic resin. The acrylic resin is not particularly limited, but is composed of 50 to 99% by mass of methyl methacrylate units and 1 to 50% by mass of other monomer units copolymerizable therewith. Is preferred. Examples of other copolymerizable monomers include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as saturated acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and α-methylstyrene, α, β-unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, Examples thereof include maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride and the like, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more monomers.
これらの中でも、共重合体の耐熱分解性や流動性の観点から、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、n-プロピルアクリレート、n-ブチルアクリレート、s-ブチルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート等が好ましく、メチルアクリレートやn-ブチルアクリレートが特に好ましく用いられる。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は80000~500000の範囲内であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは、110000~500000の範囲内である。アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量は、測定条件含めて、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーにより測定することができる。
Among these, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of thermal decomposition resistance and fluidity of the copolymer. n-Butyl acrylate is particularly preferably used. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 80,000 to 500,000, and more preferably in the range of 110,000 to 500,000. The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin can be measured by gel permeation chromatography including the measurement conditions.
アクリル樹脂の製造方法としては、特に制限は無く、懸濁重合、乳化重合、塊状重合、あるいは溶液重合等の公知の方法のいずれを用いても良い。ここで、重合開始剤としては、通常のパーオキサイド系及びアゾ系のものを用いることができ、また、レドックス系とすることもできる。重合温度については、懸濁又は乳化重合では30~100℃の範囲内、塊状又は溶液重合では80~160℃の範囲内で実施しうる。得られた共重合体の還元粘度を制御するために、アルキルメルカプタン等を連鎖移動剤として用いて重合を実施することもできる。また、市販品も使用することができる。例えば、デルペット60N、80N(旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製)、ダイヤナールBR52、BR80、BR83、BR85、BR88(三菱レイヨン(株)製)、KT75(電気化学工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。アクリル樹脂は2種以上を併用することもできる。また、アクリル樹脂には、(メタ)アクリル系ゴムと芳香族ビニル化合物の共重合体に(メタ)アクリル系樹脂がグラフトされたグラフト共重合体を用いてもよい。前記グラフト共重合体は、(メタ)アクリル系ゴムと芳香族ビニル化合物の共重合体がコア(core)を構成し、その周辺に前記(メタ)アクリル系樹脂がシェル(shell)を構成するコア-シェルタイプのグラフト共重合体であることが好ましい。
The method for producing the acrylic resin is not particularly limited, and any known method such as suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, or solution polymerization may be used. Here, as a polymerization initiator, a normal peroxide type and an azo type can be used, and a redox type can also be used. Regarding the polymerization temperature, suspension or emulsion polymerization may be carried out within a range of 30 to 100 ° C., and bulk or solution polymerization may be carried out within a range of 80 to 160 ° C. In order to control the reduced viscosity of the obtained copolymer, polymerization can be carried out using alkyl mercaptan or the like as a chain transfer agent. Commercial products can also be used. For example, Delpet 60N, 80N (Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75 (Electrochemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned. . Two or more acrylic resins can be used in combination. The acrylic resin may be a graft copolymer obtained by grafting a (meth) acrylic resin to a copolymer of (meth) acrylic rubber and an aromatic vinyl compound. In the graft copolymer, a copolymer of (meth) acrylic rubber and an aromatic vinyl compound forms a core, and the (meth) acrylic resin forms a shell around the copolymer. -A shell-type graft copolymer is preferred.
偏光板保護フィルムにおけるアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂の総質量は、偏光板保護フィルムの55質量%以上であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは60質量%以上であり、特に好ましくは、70質量%以上である。
The total mass of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin in the polarizing plate protective film is preferably 55% by mass or more of the polarizing plate protective film, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 70% by mass or more. is there.
(アクリル粒子)
偏光板保護フィルムは脆性の改善に優れる点から、アクリル粒子を含有しても良い。アクリル粒子とは、前記熱可塑性アクリル樹脂及びセルロースエステル樹脂を相溶状態で含有する偏光板保護フィルム中に粒子の状態(非相溶状態ともいう)で存在するアクリル成分を表す。 (Acrylic particles)
The polarizing plate protective film may contain acrylic particles because it is excellent in improving brittleness. An acrylic particle represents the acrylic component which exists in the state of particle | grains (it is also called an incompatible state) in the polarizing plate protective film which contains the said thermoplastic acrylic resin and cellulose-ester resin in a compatible state.
偏光板保護フィルムは脆性の改善に優れる点から、アクリル粒子を含有しても良い。アクリル粒子とは、前記熱可塑性アクリル樹脂及びセルロースエステル樹脂を相溶状態で含有する偏光板保護フィルム中に粒子の状態(非相溶状態ともいう)で存在するアクリル成分を表す。 (Acrylic particles)
The polarizing plate protective film may contain acrylic particles because it is excellent in improving brittleness. An acrylic particle represents the acrylic component which exists in the state of particle | grains (it is also called an incompatible state) in the polarizing plate protective film which contains the said thermoplastic acrylic resin and cellulose-ester resin in a compatible state.
アクリル粒子は特に限定されるものではないが、多層構造アクリル系粒状複合体であることが好ましい。多層構造重合体であるアクリル系粒状複合体の市販品の例としては、例えば、三菱レイヨン社製“メタブレン”、カネカ社製“カネエース”、クレハ社製“パラロイド”、ロームアンドハース社製“アクリロイド”、ガンツ化成工業社製“スタフィロイド”及びクラレ社製“パラペットSA”などが挙げられ、これらは、単独ないし2種以上を用いることができる。偏光板保護フィルムにアクリル粒子を添加する場合は、アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂との混合物の屈折率とアクリル粒子の屈折率が近いことが、透明性が高いフィルムを得る点では好ましい。具体的には、アクリル粒子とアクリル樹脂の屈折率差が0.05以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.02以下、とりわけ0.01以下であることが好ましい。
The acrylic particles are not particularly limited, but are preferably multi-layered acrylic granular composites. Examples of commercial products of acrylic granular composites that are multi-layer structured polymers include, for example, “Metablene” manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., “Kane Ace” manufactured by Kaneka Co., Ltd., “Paraloid” manufactured by Kureha Co., Ltd., “Acryloid manufactured by Rohm and Haas Co., Ltd. “Staphyroid” manufactured by Gantz Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., “Parapet SA” manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., and the like can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the acrylic particles are added to the polarizing plate protective film, it is preferable that the refractive index of the mixture of the acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is close to the refractive index of the acrylic particles in order to obtain a highly transparent film. Specifically, the refractive index difference between the acrylic particles and the acrylic resin is preferably 0.05 or less, more preferably 0.02 or less, and particularly preferably 0.01 or less.
アクリル粒子は、該フィルムを構成するアクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂の総質量に対して、含有質量比でアクリル粒子:アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂総質量=0.5:100~30:100の範囲内で含有させることで、目的効果がより良く発揮される点から好ましく、更に好ましくは、アクリル粒子:アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂の総質量=1.0:100~15:100の範囲内である。
The acrylic particles are in a range of acrylic particles: acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin total mass = 0.5: 100 to 30: 100 with respect to the total mass of the acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin constituting the film. It is preferable from the standpoint that the target effect is better exhibited, and more preferably, the total mass of acrylic particles: acrylic resin and cellulose ester resin = 1.0: 100 to 15: 100.
(リターデーション低減剤)
本発明の偏光板保護フィルムT2又はT3、特に前記要件(2)を満たすフィルムは、下記ポリマーXとポリマーYを含有することがリターデーション調整の観点から好ましい。 (Retardation reducing agent)
It is preferable from the viewpoint of retardation adjustment that the polarizing plate protective film T2 or T3 of the present invention, particularly the film satisfying the requirement (2), contains the following polymer X and polymer Y.
本発明の偏光板保護フィルムT2又はT3、特に前記要件(2)を満たすフィルムは、下記ポリマーXとポリマーYを含有することがリターデーション調整の観点から好ましい。 (Retardation reducing agent)
It is preferable from the viewpoint of retardation adjustment that the polarizing plate protective film T2 or T3 of the present invention, particularly the film satisfying the requirement (2), contains the following polymer X and polymer Y.
本発明に用いられるポリマーXは分子内に芳香環と親水性基を有しないエチレン性不飽和モノマーXaと分子内に芳香環を有せず、親水性基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーXbとを共重合して得られた重量平均分子量2000以上30000以下のポリマーであり、下記一般式(5)で表されるポリマーであることが好ましい。更に30℃下にて固体であるか、若しくはガラス転移温度が35℃以上であることが好ましい。
The polymer X used in the present invention comprises an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa having no aromatic ring and a hydrophilic group in the molecule and an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb having no aromatic ring and having a hydrophilic group in the molecule. It is a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 30,000 obtained by copolymerization, and is preferably a polymer represented by the following general formula (5). Furthermore, it is preferable that it is solid under 30 degreeC, or a glass transition temperature is 35 degreeC or more.
一般式(5)
-[CH2-C(-R1)(-OCOR2)]m-[CH2(-CR3)(-OCOR4-OH)-]n
(式中、R1、R3は、H又はCH3、R2、R4はCH2又はC2H4又はC3H6を表し、m、nは繰り返し単位を表す。)
本発明に用いられるポリマーXを構成するモノマー単位としてのモノマーを下記に挙げるがこれに限定されない。 General formula (5)
-[CH 2 -C (-R1) (-OCOR2)] m- [CH 2 (-CR3) (-OCOR4-OH)-] n
(In the formula,R 1 and R 3 are H or CH 3 , R 2 and R 4 are CH 2, C 2 H 4 or C 3 H 6 , and m and n are repeating units.)
Although the monomer as a monomer unit which comprises the polymer X used for this invention is mentioned below, it is not limited to this.
-[CH2-C(-R1)(-OCOR2)]m-[CH2(-CR3)(-OCOR4-OH)-]n
(式中、R1、R3は、H又はCH3、R2、R4はCH2又はC2H4又はC3H6を表し、m、nは繰り返し単位を表す。)
本発明に用いられるポリマーXを構成するモノマー単位としてのモノマーを下記に挙げるがこれに限定されない。 General formula (5)
-[CH 2 -C (-R1) (-OCOR2)] m- [CH 2 (-CR3) (-OCOR4-OH)-] n
(In the formula,
Although the monomer as a monomer unit which comprises the polymer X used for this invention is mentioned below, it is not limited to this.
分子内に芳香環と親水性基を有しないエチレン性不飽和モノマーXaは、例えば、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、t-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ヘプチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸オクチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ノニル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ミリスチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸(2-エチルヘキシル)、アクリル酸(ε-カプロラクトン)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-エトキシエチル)等、又は上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたものを挙げることができる。中でも、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)であることが好ましい。
Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xa having no aromatic ring and no hydrophilic group in the molecule include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), and butyl acrylate (n-, i- , S-, t-), pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n- I-), nonyl acrylate (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid (ε-caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) ), Acrylic acid (2-ethoxyethyl), etc., or those obtained by replacing the above acrylic ester with a methacrylic ester. Of these, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, and propyl methacrylate (i-, n-) are preferable.
分子内に芳香環を有せず、親水性基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーXbは、ヒドロキシ基を有するモノマー単位として、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸エステルが好ましく、例えば、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(4-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシブチル)、又はこれらアクリル酸をメタクリル酸に置き換えたものを挙げることができ、好ましくは、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)及びメタクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)である。
The ethylenically unsaturated monomer Xb having no aromatic ring in the molecule and having a hydrophilic group is preferably acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester as a monomer unit having a hydroxy group. For example, acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) , Acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), or those obtained by replacing acrylic acid with methacrylic acid Preferred are acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl) and methacrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), and acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl).
本発明では、上記疎水性モノマーXaと親水性モノマーXbを用いて共重合によりポリマーXを合成する。
In the present invention, the polymer X is synthesized by copolymerization using the hydrophobic monomer Xa and the hydrophilic monomer Xb.
疎水性モノマーXaと親水性モノマーXbの合成時の使用比率は99:1~65:35の範囲内が好ましく、更に好ましくは95:5~75:25の範囲内である。疎水性モノマーXaの使用比率が多いとセルロースエステルとの相溶性が良化するが、フィルム厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rtが大きくなる。親水性モノマーXbの使用比率が多いと上記相溶性が悪くなるが、リターデーション値Rtを低減させる効果が高い。また、親水性モノマーXbの使用比率が上記範囲を超えると製膜時にヘイズが出るため好ましくない。
The use ratio during the synthesis of the hydrophobic monomer Xa and the hydrophilic monomer Xb is preferably in the range of 99: 1 to 65:35, and more preferably in the range of 95: 5 to 75:25. When the use ratio of the hydrophobic monomer Xa is large, the compatibility with the cellulose ester is improved, but the retardation value Rt in the film thickness direction is increased. When the use ratio of the hydrophilic monomer Xb is large, the compatibility is deteriorated, but the effect of reducing the retardation value Rt is high. Moreover, since the haze comes out at the time of film forming when the usage-amount of the hydrophilic monomer Xb exceeds the said range, it is unpreferable.
このようなポリマーを合成するには、通常の重合では分子量のコントロールが難しく、分子量を余り大きくしない方法でできるだけ分子量を揃えることのできる方法を用いることが望ましい。かかる重合方法としては、クメンペルオキシドやt-ブチルヒドロペルオキシドのような過酸化物重合開始剤を使用する方法、重合開始剤を通常の重合より多量に使用する方法、重合開始剤の他にメルカプト化合物や四塩化炭素等の連鎖移動剤を使用する方法、重合開始剤の他にベンゾキノンやジニトロベンゼンのような重合停止剤を使用する方法、更に特開2000-128911号又は同2000-344823号公報にあるような一つのチオール基と2級のヒドロキシ基とを有する化合物、あるいは、該化合物と有機金属化合物を併用した重合触媒を用いて塊状重合する方法等を挙げることができ、いずれも本発明において好ましく用いられる。
In order to synthesize such a polymer, it is difficult to control the molecular weight in normal polymerization, and it is desirable to use a method that can align the molecular weight as much as possible without increasing the molecular weight. Examples of such a polymerization method include a method using a peroxide polymerization initiator such as cumene peroxide and t-butyl hydroperoxide, a method using a polymerization initiator in a larger amount than usual polymerization, and a mercapto compound in addition to the polymerization initiator. And a method using a chain transfer agent such as carbon tetrachloride, a method using a polymerization terminator such as benzoquinone and dinitrobenzene in addition to the polymerization initiator, and further disclosed in JP 2000-128911 or 2000-344823. Examples thereof include a compound having one thiol group and a secondary hydroxy group, or a bulk polymerization method using a polymerization catalyst in which the compound and an organometallic compound are used in combination. Preferably used.
ポリマーXのヒドロキシル価は30~150[mgKOH/g]であることが好ましい。
The hydroxyl value of polymer X is preferably 30 to 150 [mg KOH / g].
(ヒドロキシル価の測定方法)
この測定は、JIS K 0070(1992)に準ずる。このヒドロキシル価は、試料1gをアセチル化させたとき、ヒドロキシ基と結合した酢酸を中和するのに必要とする水酸化カリウムのmg数と定義される。具体的には試料Xg(約1g)をフラスコに精秤し、これにアセチル化試薬(無水酢酸20mlにピリジンを加えて400mlにしたもの)20mlを正確に加える。フラスコの口に空気冷却管を装着し、95~100℃のグリセリン浴にて加熱する。1時間30分後、冷却し、空気冷却管から精製水1mlを加え、無水酢酸を酢酸に分解する。次に電位差滴定装置を用いて0.5mol/L水酸化カリウムエタノール溶液で滴定を行い、得られた滴定曲線の変曲点を終点とする。更に空試験として、試料を入れないで滴定し、滴定曲線の変曲点を求める。ヒドロキシル価は、次の式によって算出する。 (Method for measuring hydroxyl number)
This measurement conforms to JIS K 0070 (1992). This hydroxyl number is defined as the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize acetic acid bound to hydroxy groups when 1 g of sample is acetylated. Specifically, sample Xg (about 1 g) is precisely weighed in a flask, and 20 ml of an acetylating reagent (a solution obtained by adding pyridine to 20 ml of acetic anhydride to 400 ml) is accurately added thereto. Attach an air cooling tube to the mouth of the flask and heat in a glycerin bath at 95-100 ° C. After 1 hour and 30 minutes, the mixture is cooled, 1 ml of purified water is added from an air condenser, and acetic anhydride is decomposed into acetic acid. Next, titration is performed with a 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution using a potentiometric titrator, and the inflection point of the obtained titration curve is set as the end point. Further, as a blank test, titration is performed without a sample, and an inflection point of the titration curve is obtained. The hydroxyl number is calculated by the following formula.
この測定は、JIS K 0070(1992)に準ずる。このヒドロキシル価は、試料1gをアセチル化させたとき、ヒドロキシ基と結合した酢酸を中和するのに必要とする水酸化カリウムのmg数と定義される。具体的には試料Xg(約1g)をフラスコに精秤し、これにアセチル化試薬(無水酢酸20mlにピリジンを加えて400mlにしたもの)20mlを正確に加える。フラスコの口に空気冷却管を装着し、95~100℃のグリセリン浴にて加熱する。1時間30分後、冷却し、空気冷却管から精製水1mlを加え、無水酢酸を酢酸に分解する。次に電位差滴定装置を用いて0.5mol/L水酸化カリウムエタノール溶液で滴定を行い、得られた滴定曲線の変曲点を終点とする。更に空試験として、試料を入れないで滴定し、滴定曲線の変曲点を求める。ヒドロキシル価は、次の式によって算出する。 (Method for measuring hydroxyl number)
This measurement conforms to JIS K 0070 (1992). This hydroxyl number is defined as the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize acetic acid bound to hydroxy groups when 1 g of sample is acetylated. Specifically, sample Xg (about 1 g) is precisely weighed in a flask, and 20 ml of an acetylating reagent (a solution obtained by adding pyridine to 20 ml of acetic anhydride to 400 ml) is accurately added thereto. Attach an air cooling tube to the mouth of the flask and heat in a glycerin bath at 95-100 ° C. After 1 hour and 30 minutes, the mixture is cooled, 1 ml of purified water is added from an air condenser, and acetic anhydride is decomposed into acetic acid. Next, titration is performed with a 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution using a potentiometric titrator, and the inflection point of the obtained titration curve is set as the end point. Further, as a blank test, titration is performed without a sample, and an inflection point of the titration curve is obtained. The hydroxyl number is calculated by the following formula.
ヒドロキシル価={(B-C)×f×28.05/X}+D(式中、Bは空試験に用いた0.5mol/Lの水酸化カリウムエタノール溶液の量(ml)、Cは滴定に用いた0.5mol/Lの水酸化カリウムエタノール溶液の量(ml)、fは0.5mol/L水酸化カリウムエタノール溶液のファクター、Dは酸価、また、28.05は水酸化カリウムの1mol量56.11の1/2を表す)
ポリマーXの分子量は重量平均分子量が2000~30000の範囲内であり、更に好ましくは4000~25000以の範囲内である。 Hydroxyl number = {(BC) × f × 28.05 / X} + D (where B is the amount of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution used in the blank test (ml), C is titration) The amount of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution used in (ml), f is a factor of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution, D is the acid value, and 28.05 is potassium hydroxide. (It represents 1/2 of 1mol amount 56.11)
The molecular weight of the polymer X has a weight average molecular weight in the range of 2000 to 30000, more preferably in the range of 4000 to 25000 or more.
ポリマーXの分子量は重量平均分子量が2000~30000の範囲内であり、更に好ましくは4000~25000以の範囲内である。 Hydroxyl number = {(BC) × f × 28.05 / X} + D (where B is the amount of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution used in the blank test (ml), C is titration) The amount of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution used in (ml), f is a factor of 0.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide ethanol solution, D is the acid value, and 28.05 is potassium hydroxide. (It represents 1/2 of 1mol amount 56.11)
The molecular weight of the polymer X has a weight average molecular weight in the range of 2000 to 30000, more preferably in the range of 4000 to 25000 or more.
分子量が大きいことにより、セルロースエステルフィルムの、高温高湿下における寸法変化が少ない、偏光板保護フィルムとしてカールが少ない等の利点があり好ましい。重量平均分子量が30000以下であると、セルロースエステルとの相溶性が良く、高温高湿下においてのブリードアウト、さらには製膜直後でのヘイズが良好である。ポリマーXが室温(23℃)で固体であると、特に偏光板の寸法安定性が改善されるため好ましい。
A large molecular weight is preferable because it has advantages such as little dimensional change of the cellulose ester film under high temperature and high humidity, and less curling as a polarizing plate protective film. When the weight average molecular weight is 30000 or less, compatibility with the cellulose ester is good, bleeding out under high temperature and high humidity, and haze immediately after film formation are good. It is preferable that the polymer X is solid at room temperature (23 ° C.) because the dimensional stability of the polarizing plate is improved.
本発明に用いられるポリマーXの重量平均分子量は、公知の分子量調節方法で調整することができる。そのような分子量調節方法としては、例えば四塩化炭素、ラウリルメルカプタン、チオグリコール酸オクチル等の連鎖移動剤を添加する方法等が挙げられる。また、重合温度は通常室温から130℃、好ましくは50℃から100℃で行われるが、この温度又は重合反応時間を調整することで可能である。
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer X used in the present invention can be adjusted by a known molecular weight adjusting method. Examples of such a molecular weight adjusting method include a method of adding a chain transfer agent such as carbon tetrachloride, lauryl mercaptan, octyl thioglycolate, and the like. The polymerization temperature is usually from room temperature to 130 ° C., preferably from 50 ° C. to 100 ° C., but this temperature or the polymerization reaction time can be adjusted.
重量平均分子量の測定方法は下記方法によることができる。
The method for measuring the weight average molecular weight can be as follows.
(分子量測定方法)
重量平均分子量の測定は、高速液体クロマトグラフィーを用いて測定する。 (Molecular weight measurement method)
The weight average molecular weight is measured using high performance liquid chromatography.
重量平均分子量の測定は、高速液体クロマトグラフィーを用いて測定する。 (Molecular weight measurement method)
The weight average molecular weight is measured using high performance liquid chromatography.
測定条件は以下のとおりである。
The measurement conditions are as follows.
溶媒 :メチレンクロライド
カラム :Shodex K806,K805,K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
カラム温度:25℃
試料濃度 :0.1質量%
検出器 :RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
ポンプ :L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
流量 :1.0ml/min
校正曲線 :標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=1000000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いる。 Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Mw = 1000,000 to 500 calibration curves with 13 samples were used. Thirteen samples are used at approximately equal intervals.
カラム :Shodex K806,K805,K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
カラム温度:25℃
試料濃度 :0.1質量%
検出器 :RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
ポンプ :L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
流量 :1.0ml/min
校正曲線 :標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=1000000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いる。 Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Mw = 1000,000 to 500 calibration curves with 13 samples were used. Thirteen samples are used at approximately equal intervals.
また、本発明に用いられるポリマーYは芳香環を有さないエチレン性不飽和モノマーYaを重合して得られた重量平均分子量500以上3000以下のポリマーであり、下記一般式(6)で表されるポリマーであることが好ましく、ガラス転移温度が35℃以下、さらには23℃下において液状であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量500未満のポリマーは残存モノマーが多くなってしまい作製が困難であり、3000以下であるポリマー、低ガラス転移温度物質、液状物質では、リターデーションRt低下性能が高く好ましい。
The polymer Y used in the present invention is a polymer having a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 3,000 obtained by polymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer Ya having no aromatic ring, and is represented by the following general formula (6). The glass transition temperature is preferably 35 ° C. or lower, and more preferably liquid at 23 ° C. Polymers having a weight average molecular weight of less than 500 are difficult to produce due to an increase in residual monomers, and polymers having a weight average molecular weight of 3000 or less, low glass transition temperature materials, and liquid materials are preferable because of their high retardation Rt reduction performance.
一般式(6)
Ry-[CH2-C(-R5)(-OCOR6)]k-OH(式中、Ryは、OH又はH又は炭素数3以内のアルキル、R5は、H又はCH3、R6はCH2又はC2H4又はC3H6を表し、kは繰り返し単位を表す)
芳香環を有さないエチレン性不飽和モノマーを重合して得られるポリマーYを構成するエチレン性不飽和モノマーYaは:ビニルエステルとして、例えば、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、酪酸ビニル、吉草酸ビニル、ピバリン酸ビニル、カプロン酸ビニル、カプリン酸ビニル、ラウリン酸ビニル、ミリスチン酸ビニル、パルミチン酸ビニル、ステアリン酸ビニル、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸ビニル、オクチル酸ビニル、メタクリル酸ビニル、クロトン酸ビニル、ソルビン酸ビニル、桂皮酸ビニル等;アクリル酸エステルとして、例えば、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、t-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ヘプチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸オクチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ノニル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ミリスチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、アクリル酸(2-エチルヘキシル)、アクリル酸(ε-カプロラクトン)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(4-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシブチル)、メタクリル酸エステルとして、上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたもの;不飽和酸として、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、無水マレイン酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸等を挙げることができる。上記モノマーで構成されるポリマーはコポリマーでもホモポリマーでもよく、ビニルエステルのホモポリマー、ビニルエステルのコポリマー、ビニルエステルとアクリル酸又はメタクリル酸エステルとのコポリマーが好ましい。 General formula (6)
Ry— [CH 2 —C (—R 5) (— OCOR 6)] k —OH ( where R y is OH or H or alkyl having 3 or less carbon atoms,R 5 is H or CH 3 , R 6 is CH 2 or C 2 H 4 or C 3 H 6 is represented, and k represents a repeating unit)
The ethylenically unsaturated monomer Ya constituting the polymer Y obtained by polymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having no aromatic ring is: vinyl acetate, for example, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl valerate, Vinyl pivalate, vinyl caproate, vinyl caprate, vinyl laurate, vinyl myristate, vinyl palmitate, vinyl stearate, vinyl cyclohexanecarboxylate, vinyl octylate, vinyl methacrylate, vinyl crotrate, vinyl sorbate, cinnamon Examples of acrylic acid esters such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-), pentyl acrylate (N-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, -), Heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n-, i-), nonyl acrylate (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), cyclohexyl acrylate Acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid (ε-caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxy) Butyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), methacrylic acid ester, the above acrylic acid ester changed to methacrylic acid ester; unsaturated acid such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride, crotonic acid, Itaconic acid and the like can be mentioned. The polymer composed of the above monomers may be a copolymer or a homopolymer, and a homopolymer of vinyl ester, a copolymer of vinyl ester, or a copolymer of vinyl ester and acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester is preferable.
Ry-[CH2-C(-R5)(-OCOR6)]k-OH(式中、Ryは、OH又はH又は炭素数3以内のアルキル、R5は、H又はCH3、R6はCH2又はC2H4又はC3H6を表し、kは繰り返し単位を表す)
芳香環を有さないエチレン性不飽和モノマーを重合して得られるポリマーYを構成するエチレン性不飽和モノマーYaは:ビニルエステルとして、例えば、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、酪酸ビニル、吉草酸ビニル、ピバリン酸ビニル、カプロン酸ビニル、カプリン酸ビニル、ラウリン酸ビニル、ミリスチン酸ビニル、パルミチン酸ビニル、ステアリン酸ビニル、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸ビニル、オクチル酸ビニル、メタクリル酸ビニル、クロトン酸ビニル、ソルビン酸ビニル、桂皮酸ビニル等;アクリル酸エステルとして、例えば、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、t-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ヘプチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸オクチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ノニル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ミリスチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、アクリル酸(2-エチルヘキシル)、アクリル酸(ε-カプロラクトン)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(4-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシブチル)、メタクリル酸エステルとして、上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたもの;不飽和酸として、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、無水マレイン酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸等を挙げることができる。上記モノマーで構成されるポリマーはコポリマーでもホモポリマーでもよく、ビニルエステルのホモポリマー、ビニルエステルのコポリマー、ビニルエステルとアクリル酸又はメタクリル酸エステルとのコポリマーが好ましい。 General formula (6)
Ry— [CH 2 —C (—R 5) (— OCOR 6)] k —OH ( where R y is OH or H or alkyl having 3 or less carbon atoms,
The ethylenically unsaturated monomer Ya constituting the polymer Y obtained by polymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having no aromatic ring is: vinyl acetate, for example, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl valerate, Vinyl pivalate, vinyl caproate, vinyl caprate, vinyl laurate, vinyl myristate, vinyl palmitate, vinyl stearate, vinyl cyclohexanecarboxylate, vinyl octylate, vinyl methacrylate, vinyl crotrate, vinyl sorbate, cinnamon Examples of acrylic acid esters such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-), pentyl acrylate (N-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, -), Heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n-, i-), nonyl acrylate (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), cyclohexyl acrylate Acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid (ε-caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxy) Butyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), methacrylic acid ester, the above acrylic acid ester changed to methacrylic acid ester; unsaturated acid such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride, crotonic acid, Itaconic acid and the like can be mentioned. The polymer composed of the above monomers may be a copolymer or a homopolymer, and a homopolymer of vinyl ester, a copolymer of vinyl ester, or a copolymer of vinyl ester and acrylic acid or methacrylic acid ester is preferable.
芳香環を有さないアクリル酸エステルモノマーとしては、例えば、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、t-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ヘプチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸オクチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ノニル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ミリスチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸(2-エチルヘキシル)、アクリル酸(ε-カプロラクトン)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(4-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-メトキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-エトキシエチル)等、又は上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたものを挙げることができる。
Examples of the acrylate monomer having no aromatic ring include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), and butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-). Pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid Nonyl (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid (ε-caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2- Hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-methoxyethyl) ), Acrylic acid (2-ethoxyethyl), or the acrylic acid ester may include those obtained by changing the methacrylic acid ester.
アクリル系ポリマーは上記モノマーのホモポリマー又はコポリマーであるが、アクリル酸メチルエステルモノマー単位が30質量%以上を有していることが好ましく、また、メタクリル酸メチルエステルモノマー単位が40質量%以上有することが好ましい。特にアクリル酸メチル又はメタクリル酸メチルのホモポリマーが好ましい。
The acrylic polymer is a homopolymer or copolymer of the above-mentioned monomer, but it is preferable that the acrylic acid methyl ester monomer unit has 30% by mass or more, and the methacrylic acid methyl ester monomer unit has 40% by mass or more. Is preferred. In particular, a homopolymer of methyl acrylate or methyl methacrylate is preferred.
上述のエチレン性不飽和モノマーを重合して得られるポリマー、アクリル系ポリマー、はいずれもセルロースエステルとの相溶性に優れ、蒸発や揮発もなく生産性に優れ、偏光板用保護フィルムとしての保留性がよく、透湿度が小さく、寸法安定性に優れている。
Polymers obtained by polymerizing the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated monomers and acrylic polymers are both highly compatible with cellulose esters, excellent in productivity without evaporation and volatilization, and retainability as a protective film for polarizing plates. The moisture permeability is small, and the dimensional stability is excellent.
ポリマーXとポリマーYのセルロースエステルフィルム中での含有量は、下記式(i)、式(ii)を満足する範囲であることが好ましい。ポリマーXの含有量をXg(質量%)、ポリマーYの含有量をYg(質量%)とすると、
式(i) 5≦Xg+Yg≦35(質量%)
式(ii) 0.05≦Yg/(Xg+Yg)≦0.4
式(i)の好ましい範囲は、10~25質量%の範囲内である。 The content of the polymer X and the polymer Y in the cellulose ester film is preferably in a range satisfying the following formulas (i) and (ii). When the content of the polymer X is Xg (mass%) and the content of the polymer Y is Yg (mass%),
Formula (i) 5 ≦ Xg + Yg ≦ 35 (mass%)
Formula (ii) 0.05 ≦ Yg / (Xg + Yg) ≦ 0.4
A preferred range of formula (i) is in the range of 10-25% by weight.
式(i) 5≦Xg+Yg≦35(質量%)
式(ii) 0.05≦Yg/(Xg+Yg)≦0.4
式(i)の好ましい範囲は、10~25質量%の範囲内である。 The content of the polymer X and the polymer Y in the cellulose ester film is preferably in a range satisfying the following formulas (i) and (ii). When the content of the polymer X is Xg (mass%) and the content of the polymer Y is Yg (mass%),
Formula (i) 5 ≦ Xg + Yg ≦ 35 (mass%)
Formula (ii) 0.05 ≦ Yg / (Xg + Yg) ≦ 0.4
A preferred range of formula (i) is in the range of 10-25% by weight.
ポリマーXとポリマーYは総量として5質量%以上でないと、リターデーション値Rtの低減が十分でない。また、総量として35質量%以下でないと、偏光子PVAとの接着性が損なわれる。
If the total amount of the polymer X and the polymer Y is not 5% by mass or more, the retardation value Rt is not sufficiently reduced. Moreover, if it is not 35 mass% or less as a total amount, adhesiveness with polarizer PVA will be impaired.
ポリマーXを多くすると偏光子劣化は顕著に改善されるが、リターデーション値Rtが増加する傾向になるため、上記式(ii)を満足する範囲が、本発明に用いられる効果を得る上で好ましい。
When the amount of the polymer X is increased, the polarizer deterioration is remarkably improved, but the retardation value Rt tends to increase. Therefore, the range satisfying the above formula (ii) is preferable for obtaining the effect used in the present invention. .
ポリマーXとポリマーYは後述するドープを構成する素材として直接添加、溶解するか、若しくはセルロースエステルを溶解する有機溶媒にあらかじめ溶解した後ドープに添加することができる。
Polymer X and polymer Y can be directly added and dissolved as a material constituting the dope described later, or can be added to the dope after being previously dissolved in an organic solvent for dissolving the cellulose ester.
(紫外線吸収剤)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することもできる。紫外線吸収剤は400nm以下の紫外線を吸収することで、耐久性を向上させることを目的としており、特に波長370nmでの透過率が10%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5%以下、更に好ましくは2%以下である。 (UV absorber)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention can also contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber is intended to improve durability by absorbing ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm is particularly preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less. Preferably it is 2% or less.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することもできる。紫外線吸収剤は400nm以下の紫外線を吸収することで、耐久性を向上させることを目的としており、特に波長370nmでの透過率が10%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5%以下、更に好ましくは2%以下である。 (UV absorber)
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention can also contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber is intended to improve durability by absorbing ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 400 nm or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm is particularly preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less. Preferably it is 2% or less.
本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤は特に限定されないが、例えばオキシベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物、無機粉体等が挙げられる。
Although the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention is not particularly limited, for example, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, triazine compounds, nickel complex compounds, inorganic powders Examples include the body.
例えば、5-クロロ-2-(3,5-ジ-sec-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、(2-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(直鎖及び側鎖ドデシル)-4-メチルフェノール、2-ヒドロキシ-4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン、2,4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン等があり、また、チヌビン109、チヌビン171、チヌビン234、チヌビン326、チヌビン327、チヌビン328等のチヌビン類があり、これらはいずれもBASFジャパン社製の市販品であり好ましく使用できる。
For example, 5-chloro-2- (3,5-di-sec-butyl-2-hydroxylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, (2-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6- (linear and side Chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-benzyloxybenzophenone, etc., and tinuvin 109, tinuvin 171, tinuvin 234, tinuvin 326, tinuvin 327, tinuvin 328, etc. These are commercially available products made by BASF Japan and can be preferably used.
本発明で好ましく用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤であり、特に好ましくはベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、である。
The UV absorbers preferably used in the present invention are benzotriazole UV absorbers, benzophenone UV absorbers, and triazine UV absorbers, particularly preferably benzotriazole UV absorbers and benzophenone UV absorbers. .
以下に本発明に用いられるベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤の具体例を挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
Specific examples of the benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention are listed below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
UV-1:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-5′-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール
UV-2:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′,5′-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール
UV-3:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-tert-ブチル-5′-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール
UV-4:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′,5′-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール
UV-5:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-(3″,4″,5″,6″-テトラヒドロフタルイミドメチル)-5′-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール
UV-6:2,2-メチレンビス(4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール)
UV-7:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-tert-ブチル-5′-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール
UV-8:2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(直鎖及び側鎖ドデシル)-4-メチルフェノール(TINUVIN171)
UV-9:オクチル-3-〔3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル〕プロピオネートと2-エチルヘキシル-3-〔3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル〕プロピオネートの混合物(TINUVIN109)
以下にベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 UV-1: 2- (2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole UV-2: 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) benzotriazole UV-3 : 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole UV-4: 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)- 5-Chlorobenzotriazole UV-5: 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′-(3 ″, 4 ″, 5 ″, 6 ″ -tetrahydrophthalimidomethyl) -5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole UV-6: 2,2-methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol)
UV-7: 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole UV-8: 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6- (Linear and side chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol (TINUVIN171)
UV-9: Octyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3- [3-tert-butyl- Mixture of 4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate (TINUVIN109)
Specific examples of the benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
UV-2:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′,5′-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール
UV-3:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-tert-ブチル-5′-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール
UV-4:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′,5′-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール
UV-5:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-(3″,4″,5″,6″-テトラヒドロフタルイミドメチル)-5′-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール
UV-6:2,2-メチレンビス(4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール)
UV-7:2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-tert-ブチル-5′-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール
UV-8:2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(直鎖及び側鎖ドデシル)-4-メチルフェノール(TINUVIN171)
UV-9:オクチル-3-〔3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル〕プロピオネートと2-エチルヘキシル-3-〔3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル〕プロピオネートの混合物(TINUVIN109)
以下にベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 UV-1: 2- (2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole UV-2: 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) benzotriazole UV-3 : 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole UV-4: 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)- 5-Chlorobenzotriazole UV-5: 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′-(3 ″, 4 ″, 5 ″, 6 ″ -tetrahydrophthalimidomethyl) -5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole UV-6: 2,2-methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol)
UV-7: 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole UV-8: 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6- (Linear and side chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol (TINUVIN171)
UV-9: Octyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3- [3-tert-butyl- Mixture of 4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate (TINUVIN109)
Specific examples of the benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
UV-10:2,4-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン
UV-11:2,2′-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン
UV-12:2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-5-スルホベンゾフェノン
UV-13:ビス(2-メトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ベンゾイルフェニルメタン)
この他、1,3,5トリアジン環を有する化合物等の円盤状化合物も紫外線吸収剤として好ましく用いられる。 UV-10: 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone UV-11: 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone UV-12: 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone UV-13: Bis (2-methoxy -4-hydroxy-5-benzoylphenylmethane)
In addition, a discotic compound such as a compound having a 1,3,5 triazine ring is also preferably used as the ultraviolet absorber.
UV-11:2,2′-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン
UV-12:2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-5-スルホベンゾフェノン
UV-13:ビス(2-メトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ベンゾイルフェニルメタン)
この他、1,3,5トリアジン環を有する化合物等の円盤状化合物も紫外線吸収剤として好ましく用いられる。 UV-10: 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone UV-11: 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone UV-12: 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone UV-13: Bis (2-methoxy -4-hydroxy-5-benzoylphenylmethane)
In addition, a discotic compound such as a compound having a 1,3,5 triazine ring is also preferably used as the ultraviolet absorber.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは紫外線吸収剤を2種以上を含有することが好ましい。
The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains two or more ultraviolet absorbers.
また、紫外線吸収剤としては高分子紫外線吸収剤も好ましく用いることができ、特に特開平6-148430号公報記載のポリマータイプの紫外線吸収剤が好ましく用いられる。
Also, as the ultraviolet absorber, a polymeric ultraviolet absorber can also be preferably used, and in particular, a polymer type ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-6-148430 is preferably used.
紫外線吸収剤の添加方法は、メタノール、エタノール、ブタノール等のアルコールやメチレンクロライド、酢酸メチル、アセトン、ジオキソラン等の有機溶媒あるいはこれらの混合溶媒に紫外線吸収剤を溶解してからドープに添加するか、又は直接ドープ組成中に添加してもよい。無機粉体のように有機溶剤に溶解しないものは、有機溶剤とセルロースエステル中にディゾルバーやサンドミルを使用し、分散してからドープに添加する。
The method of adding the UV absorber can be added to the dope after dissolving the UV absorber in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone or dioxolane or a mixed solvent thereof. Or you may add directly in dope composition. For an inorganic powder that does not dissolve in an organic solvent, a dissolver or a sand mill is used in the organic solvent and cellulose ester to disperse and then added to the dope.
紫外線吸収剤の使用量は、紫外線吸収剤の種類、使用条件等により一様ではないが、偏光板保護フィルムの乾燥膜厚が30~200μmの範囲内の場合は、フィルムに対して0.5~10質量%の範囲内が好ましく、0.6~4質量%の範囲内が更に好ましい。
The amount of the UV absorber used is not uniform depending on the type of UV absorber, the operating conditions, etc., but when the dry film thickness of the polarizing plate protective film is in the range of 30 to 200 μm, it is 0.5% relative to the film. It is preferably in the range of ˜10% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.6 to 4% by mass.
(微粒子)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは、微粒子を含有することが滑り性を向上してツレ等の搬送不良を解消する観点で好ましい。 (Fine particles)
The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains fine particles from the viewpoint of improving slipperiness and eliminating poor conveyance such as slipping.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは、微粒子を含有することが滑り性を向上してツレ等の搬送不良を解消する観点で好ましい。 (Fine particles)
The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention preferably contains fine particles from the viewpoint of improving slipperiness and eliminating poor conveyance such as slipping.
微粒子としては、無機化合物の例として、二酸化珪素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成カオリン、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム及びリン酸カルシウム等を挙げることができる。微粒子は珪素を含むものが濁度が低くなる点で好ましく、特に二酸化珪素が好ましい。
As fine particles, examples of inorganic compounds include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples thereof include magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate. Fine particles containing silicon are preferable in terms of low turbidity, and silicon dioxide is particularly preferable.
微粒子の一次粒子の平均粒径は5~400nmの範囲内が好ましく、更に好ましいのは10~300nmの範囲内である。これらは主に粒径0.05~0.3μmの範囲内の2次凝集体として含有されていてもよく、平均粒径100~400nmの範囲内の粒子であれば凝集せずに一次粒子として含まれていることも好ましい。偏光板保護フィルム中のこれらの微粒子の含有量は0.01~1質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、特に0.05~0.5質量%の範囲内が好ましい。共流延法による多層構成の偏光板保護フィルムの場合は、表面にこの添加量の微粒子を含有することが好ましい。
The average primary particle size of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 400 nm, and more preferably in the range of 10 to 300 nm. These may be mainly contained as secondary aggregates having a particle size in the range of 0.05 to 0.3 μm. If the particles have an average particle size in the range of 100 to 400 nm, the primary particles are not aggregated. It is also preferable that it is contained. The content of these fine particles in the polarizing plate protective film is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1% by mass, particularly preferably in the range of 0.05 to 0.5% by mass. In the case of a polarizing plate protective film having a multilayer structure by a co-casting method, it is preferable to contain fine particles of this addition amount on the surface.
二酸化珪素の微粒子は、例えば、アエロジルR972、R972V、R974、R812、200、200V、300、R202、OX50、TT600(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)の商品名で市販されており、使用することができる。
Silicon dioxide fine particles are commercially available, for example, under the trade names Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.). it can.
酸化ジルコニウムの微粒子は、例えば、アエロジルR976及びR811(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)の商品名で市販されており、使用することができる。
Zirconium oxide fine particles are commercially available under the trade names of Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) and can be used.
ポリマーの例として、シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂及びアクリル樹脂を挙げることができる。シリコーン樹脂が好ましく、特に三次元の網状構造を有するものが好ましく、例えば、トスパール103、同105、同108、同120、同145、同3120及び同240(以上東芝シリコーン(株)製)の商品名で市販されており、使用することができる。
Examples of the polymer include silicone resin, fluororesin and acrylic resin. Silicone resins are preferable, and those having a three-dimensional network structure are particularly preferable. For example, Tospearl 103, 105, 108, 120, 145, 3120, and 240 (manufactured by Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) It is marketed by name and can be used.
これらの中でもアエロジル200V、アエロジルR972Vが偏光板保護フィルムのヘイズを低く保ちながら、摩擦係数を下げる効果が大きいため特に好ましく用いられる。本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムにおいては、少なくとも一方の面の動摩擦係数が0.2~1.0の範囲内であることが好ましい。
Among these, Aerosil 200V and Aerosil R972V are particularly preferably used because they have a large effect of reducing the friction coefficient while keeping the haze of the polarizing plate protective film low. In the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention, it is preferable that the dynamic friction coefficient of at least one surface is in the range of 0.2 to 1.0.
<偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3の製造方法>
次に、本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3の製造方法について説明する。 <Manufacturing method of polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3>
Next, the manufacturing method of polarizing plate protective film T2, T3 which concerns on this invention is demonstrated.
次に、本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3の製造方法について説明する。 <Manufacturing method of polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3>
Next, the manufacturing method of polarizing plate protective film T2, T3 which concerns on this invention is demonstrated.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは溶液流延法で製造されたフィルムであっても、溶融流延法で製造されたフィルムであっても、どちらも好ましく用いることができる。以下、溶液流延法について説明するが、これに限定されるものではない。
The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention can be preferably used regardless of whether it is a film produced by a solution casting method or a film produced by a melt casting method. Hereinafter, the solution casting method will be described, but it is not limited thereto.
溶液流延法による本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムの製造は、セルロースエステル及び前記添加剤を溶剤に溶解させてドープを調製する工程、ドープを無限に移行する無端の金属支持体上に流延する工程、流延したドープをウェブとして乾燥する工程、金属支持体から剥離する工程、延伸又は幅保持する工程、更に乾燥する工程、仕上がったフィルムを巻取る工程により行われる。
The production of the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention by the solution casting method is a step of preparing a dope by dissolving the cellulose ester and the additive in a solvent, casting on an endless metal support that moves the dope indefinitely. A step of drying the cast dope as a web, a step of peeling from the metal support, a step of stretching or maintaining the width, a step of further drying, and a step of winding up the finished film.
ドープを調製する工程について述べる。ドープ中のセルロースエステルの濃度は、濃い方が金属支持体に流延した後の乾燥負荷が低減できて好ましいが、セルロースエステルの濃度が濃過ぎると濾過時の負荷が増えて、濾過精度が悪くなる。これらを両立する濃度としては、10~35質量%の範囲内が好ましく、更に好ましくは、15~25質量%の範囲内である。
The process for preparing the dope will be described. The concentration of cellulose ester in the dope is preferably higher because the drying load after casting on the metal support can be reduced. However, if the concentration of cellulose ester is too high, the load during filtration increases and the filtration accuracy is poor. Become. The concentration that achieves both of these is preferably in the range of 10 to 35% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 25% by mass.
ドープで用いられる溶剤は、単独で用いても2種以上を併用してもよいが、セルロースエステルの良溶剤と貧溶剤を混合して使用することが生産効率の点で好ましく、良溶剤が多い方がセルロースエステルの溶解性の点で好ましい。良溶剤と貧溶剤の混合比率の好ましい範囲は、良溶剤が70~98質量%の範囲内であり、貧溶剤が2~30質量%の範囲内である。良溶剤、貧溶剤とは、使用するセルロースエステルを単独で溶解するものを良溶剤、単独で膨潤するか又は溶解しないものを貧溶剤と定義している。そのため、セルロースエステルの平均酢化度(アセチル基置換度)によっては、良溶剤、貧溶剤が変わり、例えばアセトンを溶剤として用いる時には、セルロースエステルの酢酸エステル(アセチル基置換度2.4)、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートでは良溶剤になり、セルロースの酢酸エステル(アセチル基置換度2.8)では貧溶剤となる。
The solvent used in the dope may be used alone or in combination of two or more, but it is preferable to use a mixture of a good solvent and a poor solvent of cellulose ester in terms of production efficiency, and there are many good solvents. This is preferable from the viewpoint of the solubility of the cellulose ester. The preferable range of the mixing ratio of the good solvent and the poor solvent is 70 to 98% by mass for the good solvent and 2 to 30% by mass for the poor solvent. With a good solvent and a poor solvent, what melt | dissolves the cellulose ester to be used independently is defined as a good solvent, and what poorly swells or does not dissolve is defined as a poor solvent. Therefore, depending on the average acetylation degree (acetyl group substitution degree) of the cellulose ester, the good solvent and the poor solvent change. For example, when acetone is used as the solvent, the cellulose ester acetate ester (acetyl group substitution degree 2.4), cellulose Acetate propionate is a good solvent, and cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.8) is a poor solvent.
良溶剤は特に限定されないが、メチレンクロライド等の有機ハロゲン化合物やジオキソラン類、アセトン、酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸メチル等が挙げられる。特に好ましくはメチレンクロライド又は酢酸メチルが挙げられる。
The good solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include organic halogen compounds such as methylene chloride, dioxolanes, acetone, methyl acetate, and methyl acetoacetate. Particularly preferred is methylene chloride or methyl acetate.
また、貧溶剤は特に限定されないが、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-ブタノール、シクロヘキサン、シクロヘキサノン等が好ましく用いられる。また、ドープ中には水が0.01~2質量%の範囲内含有していることが好ましい。また、セルロースエステルの溶解に用いられる溶媒は、フィルム製膜工程で乾燥によりフィルムから除去された溶媒を回収し、これを再利用して用いられる。回収溶剤中に、セルロースエステルに添加されている添加剤、例えば可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、ポリマー、モノマー成分などが微量含有されていることもあるが、これらが含まれていても好ましく再利用することができるし、必要であれば精製して再利用することもできる。
The poor solvent is not particularly limited, but for example, methanol, ethanol, n-butanol, cyclohexane, cyclohexanone, etc. are preferably used. The dope preferably contains water in the range of 0.01 to 2% by mass. Moreover, the solvent used for melt | dissolution of a cellulose ester collect | recovers the solvent removed from the film by drying at the film-forming process, and uses this again. The recovery solvent may contain trace amounts of additives added to the cellulose ester, such as plasticizers, UV absorbers, polymers, monomer components, etc., but even if these are included, they are preferably reused. Can be purified and reused if necessary.
上記ドープを調製する時の、セルロースエステルの溶解方法としては、一般的な方法を用いることができる。加熱と加圧を組み合わせると常圧における沸点以上に加熱できる。溶剤の常圧での沸点以上でかつ加圧下で溶剤が沸騰しない範囲の温度で加熱しながら攪拌溶解すると、ゲルやママコと呼ばれる塊状未溶解物の発生を防止するため好ましい。また、セルロースエステルを貧溶剤と混合して湿潤あるいは膨潤させた後、更に良溶剤を添加して溶解する方法も好ましく用いられる。
A general method can be used as a method for dissolving the cellulose ester when the dope is prepared. When heating and pressurization are combined, it is possible to heat above the boiling point at normal pressure. It is preferable to stir and dissolve while heating at a temperature that is equal to or higher than the boiling point of the solvent at normal pressure and that the solvent does not boil under pressure, in order to prevent the generation of massive undissolved materials called gels and mamacos. A method in which a cellulose ester is mixed with a poor solvent and wetted or swollen, and then a good solvent is added and dissolved is also preferably used.
加圧は窒素ガス等の不活性気体を圧入する方法や、加熱によって溶剤の蒸気圧を上昇させる方法によって行ってもよい。加熱は外部から行うことが好ましく、例えばジャケットタイプのものは温度コントロールが容易で好ましい。
Pressurization may be performed by a method of injecting an inert gas such as nitrogen gas or a method of increasing the vapor pressure of the solvent by heating. Heating is preferably performed from the outside. For example, a jacket type is preferable because temperature control is easy.
溶剤を添加しての加熱温度は、高い方がセルロースエステルの溶解性の観点から好ましいが、加熱温度が高過ぎると必要とされる圧力が大きくなり生産性が悪くなる。好ましい加熱温度は45~120℃の範囲内であり、60~110℃の範囲内がより好ましく、70℃~105℃の範囲内が更に好ましい。また、圧力は設定温度で溶剤が沸騰しないように調整される。
The heating temperature with the addition of the solvent is preferably higher from the viewpoint of the solubility of the cellulose ester, but if the heating temperature is too high, the required pressure increases and the productivity deteriorates. A preferable heating temperature is in the range of 45 to 120 ° C, more preferably in the range of 60 to 110 ° C, and still more preferably in the range of 70 ° C to 105 ° C. The pressure is adjusted so that the solvent does not boil at the set temperature.
若しくは冷却溶解法も好ましく用いられ、これによって酢酸メチルなどの溶媒にセルロースエステルを溶解させることができる。
Alternatively, a cooling dissolution method is also preferably used, whereby the cellulose ester can be dissolved in a solvent such as methyl acetate.
次に、このセルロースエステル溶液を濾紙等の適当な濾過材を用いて濾過する。濾過材としては、不溶物等を除去するために絶対濾過精度が小さい方が好ましいが、絶対濾過精度が小さ過ぎると濾過材の目詰まりが発生し易いという問題がある。このため絶対濾過精度0.008mm以下の濾材が好ましく、0.001~0.008mmの範囲内の濾材がより好ましく、0.003~0.006mmの範囲内の濾材が更に好ましい。
Next, the cellulose ester solution is filtered using an appropriate filter medium such as filter paper. As the filter medium, it is preferable that the absolute filtration accuracy is small in order to remove insoluble matters and the like, but there is a problem that the filter medium is likely to be clogged if the absolute filtration accuracy is too small. Therefore, a filter medium having an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.008 mm or less is preferable, a filter medium in the range of 0.001 to 0.008 mm is more preferable, and a filter medium in the range of 0.003 to 0.006 mm is more preferable.
濾材の材質は特に制限はなく、通常の濾材を使用することができるが、ポリプロピレン、テフロン(登録商標)等のプラスチック製の濾材や、ステンレススティール等の金属製の濾材が繊維の脱落等がなく好ましい。濾過により、原料のセルロースエステルに含まれていた不純物、特に輝点異物を除去、低減することが好ましい。
There are no particular restrictions on the material of the filter medium, and ordinary filter media can be used. However, plastic filter media such as polypropylene and Teflon (registered trademark), and metal filter media such as stainless steel do not drop off fibers. preferable. It is preferable to remove and reduce impurities, particularly bright spot foreign matter, contained in the raw material cellulose ester by filtration.
輝点異物とは、2枚の偏光板をクロスニコル状態にして配置し、その間に偏光板保護フィルムを置き、一方の偏光板の側から光を当てて、他方の偏光板の側から観察した時に反対側からの光が漏れて見える点(異物)のことであり、径が0.01mm以上である輝点数が200個/cm2以下であることが好ましい。より好ましくは100個/cm2以下であり、更に好ましくは50個/m2以下であり、更に好ましくは0~10個/cm2以下である。また、0.01mm以下の輝点も少ない方が好ましい。
A bright spot foreign material is placed in a crossed Nicols state with two polarizing plates, a polarizing plate protective film is placed between them, light is applied from the side of one polarizing plate, and observed from the side of the other polarizing plate. It is a point (foreign matter) where light from the opposite side sometimes leaks, and the number of bright spots having a diameter of 0.01 mm or more is preferably 200 / cm 2 or less. More preferably, it is 100 pieces / cm 2 or less, still more preferably 50 pieces / m 2 or less, still more preferably 0 to 10 pieces / cm 2 . Further, it is preferable that the number of bright spots of 0.01 mm or less is small.
ドープの濾過は通常の方法で行うことができるが、溶剤の常圧での沸点以上で、且つ加圧下で溶剤が沸騰しない範囲の温度で加熱しながら濾過する方法が、濾過前後の濾圧の差(差圧という)の上昇が小さく、好ましい。好ましい温度は45~120℃の範囲内であり、45~70℃の範囲内がより好ましく、45~55℃の範囲内であることが更に好ましい。
The dope can be filtered by a normal method, but the method of filtering while heating at a temperature not lower than the boiling point of the solvent at normal pressure and in a range where the solvent does not boil under pressure is the filtration pressure before and after filtration. The increase in the difference (referred to as differential pressure) is small and preferable. A preferred temperature is in the range of 45 to 120 ° C, more preferably in the range of 45 to 70 ° C, and still more preferably in the range of 45 to 55 ° C.
濾圧は小さい方が好ましい。濾圧は1.6MPa以下であることが好ましく、1.2MPa以下であることがより好ましく、1.0MPa以下であることが更に好ましい。
A smaller filtration pressure is preferable. The filtration pressure is preferably 1.6 MPa or less, more preferably 1.2 MPa or less, and further preferably 1.0 MPa or less.
ここで、ドープの流延について説明する。
Here, the dope casting will be described.
流延(キャスト)工程における金属支持体は、表面を鏡面仕上げしたものが好ましく、金属支持体としては、ステンレススティールベルト若しくは鋳物で表面をメッキ仕上げしたドラムが好ましく用いられる。キャストの幅は1~4mとすることができる。偏光板保護フィルムの幅は好ましくは、2m~4mであるため、必然的にキャスト幅も広幅となる。流延工程の金属支持体の表面温度は-50℃~溶剤の沸点未満の温度で、温度が高い方がウェブの乾燥速度が速くできるので好ましいが、余り高過ぎるとウェブが発泡したり、平面性が劣化する場合がある。好ましい支持体温度は0~40℃の範囲内であり、5~30℃の範囲内が更に好ましい。あるいは、冷却することによってウェブをゲル化させて残留溶媒を多く含んだ状態でドラムから剥離することも好ましい方法である。金属支持体の温度を制御する方法は特に制限されないが、温風又は冷風を吹きかける方法や、温水を金属支持体の裏側に接触させる方法がある。温水を用いる方が熱の伝達が効率的に行われるため、金属支持体の温度が一定になるまでの時間が短く好ましい。温風を用いる場合は目的の温度よりも高い温度の風を使う場合がある。
The metal support in the casting process is preferably a mirror-finished surface, and a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used as the metal support. The cast width can be 1 to 4 m. Since the width of the polarizing plate protective film is preferably 2 m to 4 m, the cast width is necessarily wide. The surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is −50 ° C. to less than the boiling point of the solvent, and a higher temperature is preferable because the web drying speed can be increased. May deteriorate. The support temperature is preferably in the range of 0 to 40 ° C, more preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ° C. Alternatively, it is also a preferable method that the web is gelled by cooling and peeled from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent. The method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short. When warm air is used, wind at a temperature higher than the target temperature may be used.
偏光板保護フィルムが良好な平面性を示すためには、金属支持体からウェブを剥離する際の残留溶媒量は10~150質量%の範囲内が好ましく、更に好ましくは20~40質量%の範囲内又は60~130質量%の範囲内であり、特に好ましくは、20~30質量%の範囲内又は70~120質量%の範囲内である。
In order for the polarizing plate protective film to exhibit good flatness, the amount of residual solvent when peeling the web from the metal support is preferably in the range of 10 to 150% by mass, more preferably in the range of 20 to 40% by mass. Or in the range of 60 to 130% by mass, particularly preferably in the range of 20 to 30% by mass or in the range of 70 to 120% by mass.
本発明においては、残留溶媒量は下記式で定義される。
In the present invention, the amount of residual solvent is defined by the following formula.
残留溶媒量(質量%)={(M-N)/N}×100
なお、Mはウェブ又はフィルムを製造中又は製造後の任意の時点で採取した試料の質量で、NはMを115℃で1時間の加熱後の質量である。 Residual solvent amount (% by mass) = {(MN) / N} × 100
Note that M is the mass of a sample collected during or after the production of the web or film, and N is the mass after heating M at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
なお、Mはウェブ又はフィルムを製造中又は製造後の任意の時点で採取した試料の質量で、NはMを115℃で1時間の加熱後の質量である。 Residual solvent amount (% by mass) = {(MN) / N} × 100
Note that M is the mass of a sample collected during or after the production of the web or film, and N is the mass after heating M at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
次いで剥離されたウェブは前述の延伸処理工程(好ましくはテンター)に搬送され、延伸処理が行われ、その後フィルム乾燥工程に搬送される。
Next, the peeled web is transported to the above-described stretching process (preferably a tenter), stretched, and then transported to the film drying process.
(延伸操作、屈折率制御)
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3、好ましくはT2において、前記要件(1)を満たすために、延伸操作により屈折率制御、即ちリターデーションの制御を行うことが好ましい。 (Stretching operation, refractive index control)
In order to satisfy the requirement (1) in the polarizing plate protective films T2, T3, preferably T2, according to the present invention, it is preferable to perform refractive index control, that is, retardation control by stretching operation.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3、好ましくはT2において、前記要件(1)を満たすために、延伸操作により屈折率制御、即ちリターデーションの制御を行うことが好ましい。 (Stretching operation, refractive index control)
In order to satisfy the requirement (1) in the polarizing plate protective films T2, T3, preferably T2, according to the present invention, it is preferable to perform refractive index control, that is, retardation control by stretching operation.
延伸操作は、例えばフィルムの長手方向(製膜方向)及びそれとフィルム面内で直交する方向、即ち幅手方向に対して、逐次又は同時に二軸延伸若しくは一軸延伸することができる。同時二軸延伸には、一方向に延伸し、もう一方の張力を緩和して収縮させる場合も含まれる。
Stretching operation can be performed biaxially or uniaxially, for example, sequentially or simultaneously in the longitudinal direction (film forming direction) of the film and the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the film, that is, the width direction. Simultaneous biaxial stretching includes stretching in one direction and contracting the other tension by relaxing.
互いに直交する二軸方向の延伸倍率は、それぞれ最終的には流延方向に0.8~1.5倍の範囲内、幅方向に1.1~2.5倍の範囲内とすることが好ましく、流延方向に0.9~1.0倍の範囲内、幅方向に1.2~2.0倍に範囲内で行うことが好ましい。
The draw ratios in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other may eventually be in the range of 0.8 to 1.5 times in the casting direction and in the range of 1.1 to 2.5 times in the width direction. It is preferable to carry out within a range of 0.9 to 1.0 times in the casting direction and 1.2 to 2.0 times in the width direction.
延伸温度は120℃~200℃の範囲内が好ましく、さらに好ましくは140℃~180℃の範囲内で延伸するのが好ましい。
The stretching temperature is preferably in the range of 120 ° C to 200 ° C, more preferably in the range of 140 ° C to 180 ° C.
延伸時のフィルム中の残留溶媒は20~0%の範囲内が好ましく、さらに15~0%の範囲内で延伸することが好ましい。
The residual solvent in the film at the time of stretching is preferably in the range of 20 to 0%, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 0%.
ウェブを延伸する方法には特に限定はない。例えば、複数のローラに周速差をつけ、その間でローラ周速差を利用して縦方向に延伸する方法、ウェブの両端をクリップやピンで固定し、クリップやピンの間隔を進行方向に広げて縦方向に延伸する方法、同様に横方向に広げて横方向に延伸する方法、あるいは縦横同時に広げて縦横両方向に延伸する方法などが挙げられる。もちろんこれ等の方法は、組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、いわゆるテンター法の場合、リニアドライブ方式でクリップ部分を駆動すると滑らかな延伸を行うことができ、破断等の危険性が減少できるので好ましい。
There is no particular limitation on the method of stretching the web. For example, a method in which a circumferential speed difference is applied to a plurality of rollers, and the roller is stretched in the longitudinal direction by utilizing the difference in the circumferential speed of the roller. And a method of stretching in the vertical direction, a method of stretching in the horizontal direction and stretching in the horizontal direction, a method of stretching in the vertical and horizontal directions and stretching in both the vertical and horizontal directions, and the like. Of course, these methods may be used in combination. In the case of the so-called tenter method, driving the clip portion by a linear drive method is preferable because smooth stretching can be performed and the risk of breakage and the like can be reduced.
製膜工程のこれらの幅保持あるいは横方向の延伸はテンターによって行うことが好ましく、ピンテンターでもクリップテンターでもよい。なお、搬送方向と幅方向を同時に延伸しても、逐次延伸を行ってもよい。
It is preferable to carry out the width maintenance or lateral stretching in the film forming step by a tenter, and it may be a pin tenter or a clip tenter. In addition, you may extend | stretch sequentially, even if a conveyance direction and the width direction are extended | stretched simultaneously.
偏光板保護フィルムは延伸処理後、熱固定されることが好ましいが、熱固定はTg-20℃以下の温度範囲内で通常0.5~300秒間熱固定することが好ましい。この際、2つ以上に分割された領域で温度差が1~100℃となる範囲で順次昇温しながら熱固定することが好ましい。
The polarizing plate protective film is preferably heat-set after the stretching treatment, but the heat setting is preferably heat-set usually within a temperature range of Tg-20 ° C. or lower for 0.5 to 300 seconds. At this time, it is preferable to perform heat fixing while sequentially raising the temperature in a range where the temperature difference is 1 to 100 ° C. in the region divided into two or more.
熱固定されたフィルムは通常Tg以下まで冷却され、フィルム両端のクリップ把持部分をカットし巻き取られる。冷却は、最終熱固定温度からTgまでを、毎秒100℃以下の冷却速度で徐冷することが好ましい。冷却、弛緩処理する手段は特に限定はなく、従来公知の手段で行えるが、特に複数の温度領域で順次冷却しながらこれらの処理を行うことがフィルムの寸法安定性向上の点で好ましい。
The heat-fixed film is usually cooled to Tg or less, and the clip gripping portions at both ends of the film are cut and wound. The cooling is preferably performed by gradually cooling from the final heat setting temperature to Tg at a cooling rate of 100 ° C. or less per second. Means for cooling and relaxation treatment are not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known means. In particular, it is preferable to carry out these treatments while sequentially cooling in a plurality of temperature ranges from the viewpoint of improving the dimensional stability of the film.
これら熱固定条件、冷却、弛緩処理条件のより最適な条件は、フィルムを構成するセルロースエステルや可塑剤等の添加剤種により異なるので、得られた延伸フィルムの物性を測定し、好ましい特性を有するように適宜調整することにより決定すればよい。
More optimal conditions of these heat setting conditions, cooling, and relaxation treatment conditions vary depending on the type of additives such as cellulose ester and plasticizer constituting the film, so the physical properties of the obtained stretched film are measured and preferable characteristics are obtained. Thus, it may be determined by adjusting as appropriate.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムの遅相軸又は進相軸はフィルム面内に存在し、製膜方向とのなす角をθ1とするとθ1は-1°以上+1°以下であることが好ましく、-0.5°以上+0.5°以下であることがより好ましい。このθ1は配向角として定義でき、θ1の測定は、自動複屈折計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器)を用いて行うことができる。θ1が各々上記関係を満たすことは、表示画像において高い輝度を得ること、光漏れを抑制又は防止することに寄与でき、カラー液晶表示装置においては忠実な色再現を得ることに寄与できる。
The slow axis or the fast axis of the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention exists in the film plane, and θ1 is preferably −1 ° or more and + 1 ° or less when the angle formed with the film forming direction is θ1. It is more preferably −0.5 ° or more and + 0.5 ° or less. This θ1 can be defined as an orientation angle, and the measurement of θ1 can be performed using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (Oji Scientific Instruments). Each of θ1 satisfying the above relationship can contribute to obtaining high luminance in a display image, suppressing or preventing light leakage, and contributing to obtaining faithful color reproduction in a color liquid crystal display device.
次いで、フィルム乾燥工程では一般にローラ乾燥方式(上下に配置した多数のローラにウェブを交互に通し乾燥させる方式)やテンター方式でウェブを搬送させながら乾燥する方式が採られる。
Next, in the film drying process, generally, a roller drying method (a method in which webs are alternately passed through a plurality of rollers arranged above and below) and a method in which the web is dried while being conveyed by a tenter method are employed.
ウェブを乾燥させる手段は特に制限なく、一般的に熱風、赤外線、加熱ローラ、マイクロ波等で行うことができるが、簡便さの点から熱風で行うことが好ましい。
The means for drying the web is not particularly limited, and can be generally performed with hot air, infrared rays, a heating roller, microwave, or the like, but is preferably performed with hot air from the viewpoint of simplicity.
ウェブの乾燥工程における乾燥温度は40~200℃の範囲内で段階的に高くしていくことが好ましい。好ましい乾燥時間は、乾燥温度にもよるが、5分~60分の範囲内が好ましく、10分~30分の範囲内がより好ましい。
The drying temperature in the web drying process is preferably increased stepwise within a range of 40 to 200 ° C. The preferable drying time depends on the drying temperature, but is preferably in the range of 5 minutes to 60 minutes, and more preferably in the range of 10 minutes to 30 minutes.
上記所定の熱処理の後、巻き取り前にスリッターを設けて端部を切り落とすことが良好な巻姿を得るため好ましい。更に、幅手両端部にはナーリング加工をすることが好ましい。
It is preferable to provide a slitter after the predetermined heat treatment and cut off the end portion before winding to obtain a good winding shape. Furthermore, it is preferable to knurling both ends of the width.
ナーリング加工は、加熱されたエンボスローラを押し当てることにより形成することができる。エンボスローラには細かな凹凸が形成されており、これを押し当てることでフィルムに凹凸を形成し、端部を嵩高くすることができる。
The knurling process can be formed by pressing a heated embossing roller. Fine embossing is formed on the embossing roller, and by pressing the embossing roller, unevenness can be formed on the film, and the end can be made bulky.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムの幅手両端部のナーリングの高さは4~20μmの範囲内が好ましく、幅5~20mmの範囲内が好ましい。
The height of the knurling at both ends of the width of the polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 4 to 20 μm, and preferably in the range of 5 to 20 mm.
また、本発明においては、上記のナーリング加工は、フィルムの製膜工程において乾燥終了後、巻き取りの前に設けることが好ましい。
In the present invention, the knurling process is preferably provided after the drying in the film forming process and before winding.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3の膜厚は、特に限定はされないが10~200μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。膜厚は10~100μmの範囲内であることがより好ましく、薄膜化や軽量化の観点から、更に好ましくは20~60μmの範囲内である。
The film thickness of the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 200 μm. The film thickness is more preferably in the range of 10 to 100 μm, and further preferably in the range of 20 to 60 μm from the viewpoint of thinning and weight reduction.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3は、幅1~4mの範囲内のものが用いられる。幅1.4~4mの範囲内のものが好ましく用いられ、特に好ましくは1.6~3mの範囲内である。4mを超えると搬送が困難となる。
The polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention have a width in the range of 1 to 4 m. Those having a width in the range of 1.4 to 4 m are preferably used, and particularly preferably in the range of 1.6 to 3 m. If it exceeds 4 m, conveyance becomes difficult.
〈物性〉
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3の透湿度は、40℃、90%RHで10~1200g/m2・24hの範囲内が好ましく、更に20~1000g/m2・24hの範囲内が好ましく、20~850g/m2・24hの範囲内が特に好ましい。透湿度はJIS Z 0208に記載の方法に従い測定することができる。 <Physical properties>
The moisture permeability of the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 10 to 1200 g / m 2 · 24 h at 40 ° C. and 90% RH, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 1000 g / m 2 · 24 h. A range of 20 to 850 g / m 2 · 24 h is particularly preferable. The moisture permeability can be measured according to the method described in JIS Z 0208.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3の透湿度は、40℃、90%RHで10~1200g/m2・24hの範囲内が好ましく、更に20~1000g/m2・24hの範囲内が好ましく、20~850g/m2・24hの範囲内が特に好ましい。透湿度はJIS Z 0208に記載の方法に従い測定することができる。 <Physical properties>
The moisture permeability of the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 10 to 1200 g / m 2 · 24 h at 40 ° C. and 90% RH, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 1000 g / m 2 · 24 h. A range of 20 to 850 g / m 2 · 24 h is particularly preferable. The moisture permeability can be measured according to the method described in JIS Z 0208.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3の可視光透過率は90%以上であることが好ましく、93%以上であることが更に好ましい。
The visible light transmittance of the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention is preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 93% or more.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3のヘイズは1%未満であることが好ましく0~0.1%の範囲内であることが特に好ましい。
The haze of the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention is preferably less than 1%, particularly preferably in the range of 0 to 0.1%.
<λ/4板>
本発明に係るλ/4板とは、ある特定の波長の直線偏光を円偏光に(又は、円偏光を直線偏光に)変換する機能を有するものをいう。λ/4板は、所定の光の波長(通常、可視光領域)に対して、層の面内方向のリターデーション値Roが約1/4となるように設計されている。 <Λ / 4 plate>
The λ / 4 plate according to the present invention refers to a plate having a function of converting linearly polarized light having a specific wavelength into circularly polarized light (or circularly polarized light into linearly polarized light). The λ / 4 plate is designed so that the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction of the layer is about 1/4 with respect to a predetermined wavelength of light (usually in the visible light region).
本発明に係るλ/4板とは、ある特定の波長の直線偏光を円偏光に(又は、円偏光を直線偏光に)変換する機能を有するものをいう。λ/4板は、所定の光の波長(通常、可視光領域)に対して、層の面内方向のリターデーション値Roが約1/4となるように設計されている。 <Λ / 4 plate>
The λ / 4 plate according to the present invention refers to a plate having a function of converting linearly polarized light having a specific wavelength into circularly polarized light (or circularly polarized light into linearly polarized light). The λ / 4 plate is designed so that the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction of the layer is about 1/4 with respect to a predetermined wavelength of light (usually in the visible light region).
本発明に係るλ/4板は、23℃、55%RHの環境下、測定波長590nmで測定した面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が110~170nmの範囲内であることが好ましい。
In the λ / 4 plate according to the present invention, the retardation value Ro (590) in the in-plane direction measured at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH is preferably in the range of 110 to 170 nm.
本発明に係るλ/4板は、可視光の波長の範囲においてほぼ完全な円偏光を得るため、可視光の波長の範囲においておおむね波長の1/4のリターデーション値を有する位相差板(樹脂フィルム)であることが好ましい。
The λ / 4 plate according to the present invention is a retardation plate (resin) having a retardation value of approximately ¼ of the wavelength in the visible light wavelength range in order to obtain almost perfect circularly polarized light in the visible light wavelength range. Film).
「可視光の波長の範囲においておおむね1/4のリターデーション」とは、波長400~700nmにおいて長波長ほどリターデーションが大きく、測定波長450nmで測定したリターデーション値であるRo(450)と測定波長590nmで測定したリターデーション値であるRo(590)が、1<Ro(590)/Ro(450)≦1.6を満たすことが好ましい。さらにλ/4板として有効に機能するためには、前記Ro(450)が100~125nmの範囲内であり、測定波長550nmで測定したリターデーション値であるRo(550)が125~142nmの範囲内であり、前記Ro(590)が130~152nmの範囲内の位相差フィルムであることがより好ましい。
“Retardation of approximately 1/4 in the wavelength range of visible light” means that the longer the wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, the larger the retardation, and the retardation value Ro (450) measured at a measurement wavelength of 450 nm and the measurement wavelength It is preferable that Ro (590) which is a retardation value measured at 590 nm satisfies 1 <Ro (590) / Ro (450) ≦ 1.6. Furthermore, in order to function effectively as a λ / 4 plate, the Ro (450) is in the range of 100 to 125 nm, and the retardation value Ro (550) measured at the measurement wavelength of 550 nm is in the range of 125 to 142 nm. It is more preferable that the Ro (590) is a retardation film in the range of 130 to 152 nm.
λ/4板の遅相軸と偏光子の透過軸(又は吸収軸)との角度が実質的に45°になるように積層すると円偏光板が得られる。「実質的に45°」とは、40~50°の範囲内であることを意味する。λ/4板の面内の遅相軸と該偏光子の透過軸との角度は、41~49°の範囲内であることが好ましく、42~48°の範囲内であることがより好ましく、43~47°の範囲内であることが更に好ましく、44~46°の範囲内であることが最も好ましい。
A circularly polarizing plate is obtained by laminating so that the angle between the slow axis of the λ / 4 plate and the transmission axis (or absorption axis) of the polarizer is substantially 45 °. “Substantially 45 °” means within a range of 40 to 50 °. The angle between the slow axis in the plane of the λ / 4 plate and the transmission axis of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 41 to 49 °, more preferably in the range of 42 to 48 °, More preferably within the range of 43 to 47 °, most preferably within the range of 44 to 46 °.
本発明に係るλ/4板が、幅手方向と当該λ/4板の面内の遅相軸のなす角度が40~50°の範囲内となるように、斜め方向に延伸処理された長尺状のλ/4板であると、長手方向に吸収軸を有する長尺状の偏光子とロールtoロールで貼合することで容易に長尺状の円偏光板を得ることができる。
The λ / 4 plate according to the present invention is a length that is stretched in an oblique direction so that the angle formed by the width direction and the slow axis in the plane of the λ / 4 plate is within a range of 40 to 50 °. When it is a long λ / 4 plate, a long circular polarizing plate can be easily obtained by laminating with a long polarizer having an absorption axis in the longitudinal direction with a roll to roll.
(λ/4板の材料、製造方法)
本発明に係るλ/4板は熱可塑性樹脂を含有するフィルムであることが好ましく、用いられる熱可塑性樹脂はセルロースエステルであることが、製造上、コスト面、加工のし易さ、透明性、均一性、鹸化処理適性、及び接着性等の面から好ましい。 (Material of λ / 4 plate, manufacturing method)
The λ / 4 plate according to the present invention is preferably a film containing a thermoplastic resin, and the thermoplastic resin used is a cellulose ester, in terms of production, cost, ease of processing, transparency, It is preferable from the viewpoints of uniformity, suitability for saponification, adhesiveness, and the like.
本発明に係るλ/4板は熱可塑性樹脂を含有するフィルムであることが好ましく、用いられる熱可塑性樹脂はセルロースエステルであることが、製造上、コスト面、加工のし易さ、透明性、均一性、鹸化処理適性、及び接着性等の面から好ましい。 (Material of λ / 4 plate, manufacturing method)
The λ / 4 plate according to the present invention is preferably a film containing a thermoplastic resin, and the thermoplastic resin used is a cellulose ester, in terms of production, cost, ease of processing, transparency, It is preferable from the viewpoints of uniformity, suitability for saponification, adhesiveness, and the like.
本発明に係るλ/4板は、前記本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3で用いることのできるセルロースエステル、その他の熱可塑性樹脂、可塑剤、その他種々の添加剤を適宜組み合わせることによって製造することができる。
The λ / 4 plate according to the present invention is produced by appropriately combining cellulose esters, other thermoplastic resins, plasticizers, and other various additives that can be used in the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention. can do.
本発明に係るλ/4板は偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3と同様に、溶液流延法で製造されたフィルムであっても、溶融流延法で製造されたフィルムであっても、どちらも好ましく用いることができる。
Like the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3, the λ / 4 plate according to the present invention is a film produced by a solution casting method or a film produced by a melt casting method. It can be preferably used.
溶液流延法の場合は、同様にセルロースエステル及び前記添加剤を溶剤に溶解させてドープを調製する工程、ドープを無限に移行する無端の金属支持体上に流延する工程、流延したドープをウェブとして乾燥する工程、金属支持体から剥離する工程、延伸又は幅保持する工程、更に乾燥する工程、仕上がったフィルムを巻取る工程により行われる。
In the case of the solution casting method, similarly, a step of preparing a dope by dissolving the cellulose ester and the additive in a solvent, a step of casting on an endless metal support that moves the dope infinitely, a cast dope Is performed by a step of drying as a web, a step of peeling from a metal support, a step of stretching or maintaining the width, a step of further drying, and a step of winding up the finished film.
(λ/4板の延伸工程)
本発明に係るλ/4板は、前記面内方向のリターデーション値Roを付与するのに延伸処理を行うことが好ましい。 (Λ / 4 plate stretching process)
The λ / 4 plate according to the present invention is preferably subjected to a stretching treatment in order to give the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction.
本発明に係るλ/4板は、前記面内方向のリターデーション値Roを付与するのに延伸処理を行うことが好ましい。 (Λ / 4 plate stretching process)
The λ / 4 plate according to the present invention is preferably subjected to a stretching treatment in order to give the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction.
延伸する方法には特に限定はない。例えば、複数のローラに周速差をつけ、その間でローラ周速差を利用して縦方向に延伸する方法、ウェブの両端をクリップやピンで固定し、クリップやピンの間隔を進行方向に広げて縦方向に延伸する方法、同様に横方向に広げて横方向に延伸する方法、あるいは縦横同時に広げて縦横両方向に延伸する方法などが挙げられる。もちろんこれ等の方法は、組み合わせて用いてもよい。すなわち、製膜方向に対して横方向に延伸しても、縦方向に延伸しても、両方向に延伸してもよく、さらに両方向に延伸する場合は同時延伸であっても、逐次延伸であってもよい。なお、いわゆるテンター法の場合、リニアドライブ方式でクリップ部分を駆動すると滑らかな延伸が行うことができ、破断等の危険性が減少できるので好ましい。
There is no particular limitation on the stretching method. For example, a method in which a circumferential speed difference is applied to a plurality of rollers, and the roller is stretched in the longitudinal direction by utilizing the difference in the circumferential speed of the roller. And a method of stretching in the vertical direction, a method of stretching in the horizontal direction and stretching in the horizontal direction, a method of stretching in the vertical and horizontal directions and stretching in both the vertical and horizontal directions, and the like. Of course, these methods may be used in combination. That is, the film may be stretched in the transverse direction, longitudinally, or in both directions with respect to the film forming direction, and when stretched in both directions, simultaneous stretching or sequential stretching may be used. May be. In the case of the so-called tenter method, driving the clip portion by the linear drive method is preferable because smooth stretching can be performed and the risk of breakage and the like can be reduced.
本発明においては、特に、延伸はフィルム搬送ローラの周速差を利用して搬送方向に行うか、若しくは搬送方向と直交方向(幅手方向又はTD方向ともいう)にウェブの両端をクリップ等で把持するテンター方式で行うことが好ましく、更に左右把持手段によってウェブの把持長(把持開始から把持終了までの距離)を左右で独立に制御できるテンターを用いることが好ましい。
In the present invention, in particular, stretching is performed in the transport direction using the difference in peripheral speed of the film transport rollers, or both ends of the web are clipped in a direction orthogonal to the transport direction (also referred to as the width direction or the TD direction). It is preferable to use a tenter method for gripping, and it is further preferable to use a tenter that can independently control the gripping length of the web (distance from the start of gripping to the end of gripping) by the left and right gripping means.
また、本発明では本発明に係るλ/4板、又は偏光子のいずれかを、延伸工程でフィルム搬送方向に対して45°方向に延伸することも好ましい。
In the present invention, it is also preferable to stretch either the λ / 4 plate according to the present invention or the polarizer in a 45 ° direction with respect to the film transport direction in the stretching step.
これは、VA型やIPS型液晶表示装置などに用いられる偏光板のように、偏光軸が偏光板の長辺方向あるいは短辺方向に平行である表示装置では、ロール状のλ/4板の長手方向と面内の遅相軸との角度が実質的に45°であると、長手方向若しくは幅手方向に平行にカットしたλ/4板を、偏光子の透過軸(又は吸収軸)が長手方向に平行であるロール状の偏光子に、該長手方向若しくは幅手方向を合わせて貼合できるため、フィルムのカットロスが少なく生産上有利である。
This is because, in a display device whose polarization axis is parallel to the long side direction or the short side direction of the polarizing plate, such as a polarizing plate used in a VA type or IPS type liquid crystal display device, a roll-shaped λ / 4 plate is used. When the angle between the longitudinal direction and the in-plane slow axis is substantially 45 °, a λ / 4 plate cut in parallel to the longitudinal direction or the transverse direction has a transmission axis (or absorption axis) of the polarizer. Since it can be bonded to a roll-shaped polarizer parallel to the longitudinal direction by aligning the longitudinal direction or the transverse direction, there is little cut loss of the film, which is advantageous in production.
長手方向と面内の遅相軸との角度が実質的に45°であるロール状のλ/4板は、ロール状のセルロースアシレートフィルムを長手方向に対して実質的に45°の方向に延伸処理することにより製造することができる。
A roll-like λ / 4 plate in which the angle between the longitudinal direction and the in-plane slow axis is substantially 45 ° is obtained by placing the roll-like cellulose acylate film in a direction substantially 45 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction. It can manufacture by extending | stretching.
以下、45°の方向に延伸する方法を説明する。
Hereinafter, a method of stretching in the 45 ° direction will be described.
セルロースアシレートフィルムを長手方向に対して実質的に45°の方向に斜め延伸するためには、図3で示されるテンターを用いることが好ましい。図3は、テンターによる斜め延伸を示す模式図である。
In order to obliquely stretch the cellulose acylate film in a direction substantially 45 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction, it is preferable to use a tenter shown in FIG. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing oblique stretching by a tenter.
延伸フィルムの製造は、テンターを用いて行う。このテンターは、フィルムロール(繰出しロール)から繰り出されるフィルムを、オーブンによる加熱環境下で、その進行方向(フィルム幅方向の中点の移動方向)に対して斜め方向に拡幅する装置である。このテンターは、オーブンと、フィルムを搬送するための把持具が走行する左右で一対のレールと、該レール上を走行する多数の把持具とを備えている。フィルムロールから繰り出され、テンターの入口部に順次供給されるフィルムの両端を、把持具で把持し、オーブン内にフィルムを導き、テンターの出口部で把持具からフィルムを開放する。把持具から開放されたフィルムは巻芯に巻き取られる。一対のレールは、それぞれ無端状の連続軌道を有し、テンターの出口部でフィルムの把持を開放した把持具は、外側を走行して順次入口部に戻されるようになっている。
The stretched film is manufactured using a tenter. This tenter is a device that widens a film fed from a film roll (feeding roll) in an oblique direction with respect to its traveling direction (moving direction of the middle point in the film width direction) in a heating environment by an oven. The tenter includes an oven, a pair of rails on the left and right on which a gripping tool for transporting the film travels, and a number of gripping tools that travel on the rails. Both ends of the film fed out from the film roll and sequentially supplied to the entrance portion of the tenter are gripped by a gripping tool, the film is guided into the oven, and the film is released from the gripping tool at the exit portion of the tenter. The film released from the gripping tool is wound around the core. Each of the pair of rails has an endless continuous track, and the gripping tool which has released the grip of the film at the exit portion of the tenter travels outside and is sequentially returned to the entrance portion.
なお、テンターのレール形状は、製造すべき延伸フィルムに与える配向角、延伸倍率等に応じて、左右で非対称な形状となっており、手動で又は自動で微調整できるようになっている。本発明においては、長尺の熱可塑性樹脂フィルムを延伸し、配向角θが延伸後の巻取り方向に対して、40°~80°の範囲内で、任意の角度に設定できるようになっている。本発明において、テンターの把持具は、前後の把持具と一定間隔を保って、一定速度で走行するようになっている。
In addition, the rail shape of the tenter is asymmetrical on the left and right according to the orientation angle, stretch ratio, etc. given to the stretched film to be manufactured, and can be finely adjusted manually or automatically. In the present invention, a long thermoplastic resin film is stretched, and the orientation angle θ can be set to an arbitrary angle within the range of 40 ° to 80 ° with respect to the winding direction after stretching. Yes. In the present invention, the gripping tool of the tenter is configured to travel at a constant speed with a certain distance from the front and rear gripping tools.
図3は、斜め延伸するために用いるテンターのレールの軌道(レールパターン)を示している。セルロースエステルフィルムの繰出し方向DR1は、延伸後のフィルムの巻取り方向(MD方向)DR2と異なっており、これにより、比較的大きな配向角をもつ延伸フィルムにおいても広幅で均一な光学特性を得ることが可能となっている。繰出し角度θiは、延伸前のフィルムの繰出し方向DR1と延伸後のフィルムの巻取り方向DR2とのなす角度である。本発明においては、上述のように40°~80°の配向角を持つフィルムを製造するため、繰出し角度θiは、10°<θi<60°、好ましくは15°<θi<50°で設定される。繰出し角度θiを前記範囲とすることにより、得られるフィルムの幅方向の光学特性のバラツキが良好となる(小さくなる。)。
FIG. 3 shows the track (rail pattern) of the tenter rail used for oblique stretching. The feeding direction DR1 of the cellulose ester film is different from the winding direction (MD direction) DR2 of the stretched film, thereby obtaining a wide and uniform optical characteristic even in a stretched film having a relatively large orientation angle. Is possible. The feeding angle θi is an angle formed by the feeding direction DR1 of the film before stretching and the winding direction DR2 of the film after stretching. In the present invention, in order to produce a film having an orientation angle of 40 ° to 80 ° as described above, the feeding angle θi is set to 10 ° <θi <60 °, preferably 15 ° <θi <50 °. The By setting the feeding angle θi in the above range, the variation in the optical characteristics in the width direction of the obtained film becomes good (becomes small).
フィルムロール(繰出しロール)から繰り出されたセルロースエステルフィルムは、テンター入口(符号aの位置)において、その両端(両側)を左右の把持具によって順次把持されて、把持具の走行に伴い走行される。テンター入口(符号aの位置)で、フィルム進行方向(繰り出し方向DR1)に対して略垂直な方向に相対している左右の把持具CL,CRは、左右非対称なレール上を走行し、予熱ゾーン、延伸ゾーン、熱固定ゾーンを有するオーブンを通過する。ここで、略垂直とは、前述の向かい合う把持具CL,CR同士を結んだ直線とフィルム繰出し方向DR1とがなす角度が、90±1°以内にあることを示す。
The cellulose ester film fed out from the film roll (feeding roll) is gripped in order by the left and right gripping tools at the tenter inlet (position a), and then traveled as the gripping tool travels. . The left and right grips CL and CR, which are opposed to the direction of the film traveling direction (feeding direction DR1) at the tenter entrance (position a), run on a rail that is asymmetrical to the left and right, and are in a preheating zone. Through an oven having a stretching zone and a heat setting zone. Here, “substantially perpendicular” indicates that the angle formed by the straight line connecting the aforementioned gripping tools CL and CR and the film feeding direction DR1 is within 90 ± 1 °.
予熱ゾーンとは、オーブン入口部において、両端を把持した把持具の間隔が一定の間隔を保ったまま走行する区間をさす。延伸ゾーンとは、両端を把持した把持具の間隔が開きだし、再び一定となるまでの区間をさす。また、冷却ゾーンとは、延伸ゾーンより後の把持具の間隔が再び一定となる期間において、ゾーン内の温度がフィルムを構成する熱可塑性樹脂のガラス転移温度Tg℃以下に設定される区間をさす。
予 Preheating zone refers to the section that runs while the interval between the gripping tools gripping both ends is kept constant at the oven entrance. The stretching zone refers to an interval until the gap between the gripping tools gripping both ends starts to become constant again. In addition, the cooling zone refers to a section in which the temperature in the zone is set to be equal to or lower than the glass transition temperature Tg ° C. of the thermoplastic resin constituting the film during a period in which the interval between the gripping tools after the stretching zone becomes constant again. .
各ゾーンの温度は、熱可塑性樹脂のガラス転移温度Tgに対し、予熱ゾーンの温度はTg+5~Tg+20℃の範囲内、延伸ゾーンの温度はTg~Tg+20℃の範囲内、冷却ゾーンの温度はTg-30~Tg℃の範囲内に設定することが好ましい。
The temperature of each zone is the glass transition temperature Tg of the thermoplastic resin, the temperature of the preheating zone is in the range of Tg + 5 to Tg + 20 ° C., the temperature of the stretching zone is in the range of Tg to Tg + 20 ° C., and the temperature of the cooling zone is Tg− It is preferably set within the range of 30 to Tg ° C.
延伸工程における延伸倍率R(W/Wo)は、好ましくは1.3~3.0倍の範囲内、より好ましくは1.5~2.8倍の範囲内である。延伸倍率がこの範囲にあると幅方向厚さムラが小さくなるので好ましい。テンター延伸機の延伸ゾーンにおいて、幅方向で延伸温度に差を付けると幅方向厚さムラをさらに良好なレベルにすることが可能になる。なお、Woは延伸前のフィルムの幅、Wは延伸後のフィルムの幅を表す。
The draw ratio R (W / Wo) in the drawing step is preferably in the range of 1.3 to 3.0 times, more preferably in the range of 1.5 to 2.8 times. When the draw ratio is within this range, thickness unevenness in the width direction is reduced, which is preferable. In the stretching zone of the tenter stretching machine, if the stretching temperature is differentiated in the width direction, the thickness unevenness in the width direction can be further improved. In addition, Wo represents the width of the film before stretching, and W represents the width of the film after stretching.
上記斜め方向に延伸する工程は、製膜工程内(オンライン)で行ってもよく、また一度フィルムを巻き取った後に繰り出して上記テンターにて行ってもよい(オフライン)。
The step of stretching in the oblique direction may be performed in the film forming step (online), or may be unwound after being wound up once and performed in the tenter (offline).
<偏光板保護フィルムT4>
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT4は、特に限定されるものではないが、熱可塑性樹脂フィルムであることが好ましく、製造が容易であること、光学的に均一性であること、光学的に透明性であることが好ましい。これらの性質を有していればいずれでもよく、例えば、セルロースエステル系フィルム、ポリエステル系フィルム、ポリカーボネート系フィルム、ポリアリレート系フィルム、ポリスルホン(ポリエーテルスルホンも含む)系フィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステルフィルム、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、セロファン、セルロースジアセテートフィルム、セルロースアセテートブチレートフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニリデンフィルム、ポリビニルアルコールフィルム、エチレンビニルアルコールフィルム、シンジオタクティックポリスチレン系フィルム,ポリカーボネートフィルム、ノルボルネン樹脂系フィルム、ポリメチルペンテンフィルム、ポリエーテルケトンフィルム、ポリエーテルケトンイミドフィルム、ポリアミドフィルム、フッ素樹脂フィルム、ナイロンフィルム、シクロオレフィンポリマーフィルム、ポリビニルアセタール系樹脂フィルム、ポリメチルメタクリレートフィルム又はアクリルフィルム等を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるわけではない。これらのうちセルロースエステルフィルム、ポリカーボネートフィルム、ポリスルホン(ポリエーテルスルホンを含む)、シクロオレフィンポリマーフィルムが好ましく、本発明においては、特にセルロースエステルフィルムが、製造上、コスト面、透明性、均一性、接着性等の面から好ましい。 <Polarizing plate protective film T4>
The polarizing plate protective film T4 according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably a thermoplastic resin film, easy to manufacture, optically uniform, and optically transparent. Is preferable. Any of these may be used, for example, cellulose ester film, polyester film, polycarbonate film, polyarylate film, polysulfone (including polyethersulfone) film, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate. Polyester film, polyethylene film, polypropylene film, cellophane, cellulose diacetate film, cellulose acetate butyrate film, polyvinylidene chloride film, polyvinyl alcohol film, ethylene vinyl alcohol film, syndiotactic polystyrene film, polycarbonate film, norbornene resin Film, polymethylpentene film, polyetherketone film, Examples include, but are not limited to, ether ketone imide films, polyamide films, fluororesin films, nylon films, cycloolefin polymer films, polyvinyl acetal resin films, polymethyl methacrylate films, and acrylic films. . Of these, cellulose ester films, polycarbonate films, polysulfones (including polyether sulfones) and cycloolefin polymer films are preferred. In the present invention, cellulose ester films are particularly advantageous in terms of production, cost, transparency, uniformity, and adhesion. From the aspect of properties and the like.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT4は、特に限定されるものではないが、熱可塑性樹脂フィルムであることが好ましく、製造が容易であること、光学的に均一性であること、光学的に透明性であることが好ましい。これらの性質を有していればいずれでもよく、例えば、セルロースエステル系フィルム、ポリエステル系フィルム、ポリカーボネート系フィルム、ポリアリレート系フィルム、ポリスルホン(ポリエーテルスルホンも含む)系フィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステルフィルム、ポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム、セロファン、セルロースジアセテートフィルム、セルロースアセテートブチレートフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニリデンフィルム、ポリビニルアルコールフィルム、エチレンビニルアルコールフィルム、シンジオタクティックポリスチレン系フィルム,ポリカーボネートフィルム、ノルボルネン樹脂系フィルム、ポリメチルペンテンフィルム、ポリエーテルケトンフィルム、ポリエーテルケトンイミドフィルム、ポリアミドフィルム、フッ素樹脂フィルム、ナイロンフィルム、シクロオレフィンポリマーフィルム、ポリビニルアセタール系樹脂フィルム、ポリメチルメタクリレートフィルム又はアクリルフィルム等を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるわけではない。これらのうちセルロースエステルフィルム、ポリカーボネートフィルム、ポリスルホン(ポリエーテルスルホンを含む)、シクロオレフィンポリマーフィルムが好ましく、本発明においては、特にセルロースエステルフィルムが、製造上、コスト面、透明性、均一性、接着性等の面から好ましい。 <Polarizing plate protective film T4>
The polarizing plate protective film T4 according to the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably a thermoplastic resin film, easy to manufacture, optically uniform, and optically transparent. Is preferable. Any of these may be used, for example, cellulose ester film, polyester film, polycarbonate film, polyarylate film, polysulfone (including polyethersulfone) film, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate. Polyester film, polyethylene film, polypropylene film, cellophane, cellulose diacetate film, cellulose acetate butyrate film, polyvinylidene chloride film, polyvinyl alcohol film, ethylene vinyl alcohol film, syndiotactic polystyrene film, polycarbonate film, norbornene resin Film, polymethylpentene film, polyetherketone film, Examples include, but are not limited to, ether ketone imide films, polyamide films, fluororesin films, nylon films, cycloolefin polymer films, polyvinyl acetal resin films, polymethyl methacrylate films, and acrylic films. . Of these, cellulose ester films, polycarbonate films, polysulfones (including polyether sulfones) and cycloolefin polymer films are preferred. In the present invention, cellulose ester films are particularly advantageous in terms of production, cost, transparency, uniformity, and adhesion. From the aspect of properties and the like.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT4は、前記本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3で用いることのできるセルロースエステル、その他の熱可塑性樹脂、可塑剤、その他種々の添加剤を適宜組み合わせることによって製造することができる。
The polarizing plate protective film T4 according to the present invention is obtained by appropriately combining cellulose esters, other thermoplastic resins, plasticizers, and other various additives that can be used in the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3 according to the present invention. Can be manufactured.
本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムT4は偏光板保護フィルムT2、T3と同様に、溶液流延法で製造されたフィルムであっても、溶融流延法で製造されたフィルムであっても、どちらも好ましく用いることができる。
The polarizing plate protective film T4 according to the present invention is the same as the polarizing plate protective films T2 and T3, either a film produced by a solution casting method or a film produced by a melt casting method. Can also be preferably used.
また市販のセルロースエステルフィルムも好ましく用いることができ、例えば、セルロースエステルフィルム(例えば、コニカミノルタタックKC8UX、KC4UX、KC5UX、KC8UCR3、KC8UCR4、KC8UCR5、KC8UY、KC4UY、KC4UE、及びKC12UR(以上、コニカミノルタオプト(株)製))等が好適である。
Commercially available cellulose ester films can also be preferably used. For example, cellulose ester films (for example, Konica Minoltak KC8UX, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC8UCR3, KC8UCR4, KC8UCR5, KC8UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, and KC12UR (more than Konica Norol) Etc.) are suitable.
また、コントラストを高めるために輝度向上フィルムを用いることも好ましい。輝度向上フィルムは、液晶表示装置等のバックライトや裏側からの反射等により自然光が入射すると所定偏光軸の直線偏光又は所定方向の円偏光を反射し、他の光は透過する特性を示すものである。偏光子に吸収されるような偏光方向を有する光を、偏光子に入射させずに輝度向上フィルムで一旦反射させ、さらにその後ろ側に設けられた反射層等を介して反転させて輝度向上フィルムに再入射させることを繰り返し、この両者間で反射、反転している光の偏光方向が偏光子を通過し得るような偏光方向になった偏光のみを、輝度向上フィルムは透過させて偏光子に供給する。そのため、バックライト等の光を効率的に液晶表示装置の画像の表示に使用でき、画面を明るくすることができる。
It is also preferable to use a brightness enhancement film in order to increase the contrast. The brightness enhancement film reflects the linearly polarized light with a predetermined polarization axis or the circularly polarized light in a predetermined direction when natural light is incident due to a backlight of a liquid crystal display device or the like or reflection from the back side, and transmits other light. is there. Light having a polarization direction that is absorbed by the polarizer is reflected once by the brightness enhancement film without being incident on the polarizer, and further inverted through a reflective layer or the like provided behind the brightness enhancement film. The brightness enhancement film transmits only the polarized light whose polarization direction is such that the polarization direction of the light reflected and inverted between the two is allowed to pass through the polarizer. Supply. Therefore, light such as a backlight can be efficiently used for displaying an image on the liquid crystal display device, and the screen can be brightened.
輝度向上フィルムとしては、例えば誘電体の多層薄膜や屈折率異方性が相違する薄膜フィルムの多層積層体の如き、所定偏光軸の直線偏光を透過して他の光は反射する特性を示すもの(3M社製、D-BEF等)、コレステリック液晶ポリマーの配向フィルムやその配向液晶層をフィルム基材上に支持したものの(日東電工社製、PCF350やMerck社製、Transmax等)を挙げることができる。
As a brightness enhancement film, for example, a multi-layer thin film of dielectric material or a multi-layer laminate of thin film films having different refractive index anisotropy, which shows a characteristic of transmitting linearly polarized light with a predetermined polarization axis and reflecting other light (3M, D-BEF, etc.), although the cholesteric liquid crystal polymer alignment film and the alignment liquid crystal layer are supported on a film substrate (Nitto Denko, PCF350, Merck, Transmax, etc.) it can.
<偏光板>
本発明に係る偏光板は、λ/4板が偏光子に貼合されており、かつ偏光子の吸収軸と該λ/4板の遅相軸が実質的に45°の傾きをもって貼合されて円偏光板とすることが好ましい。 <Polarizing plate>
In the polarizing plate according to the present invention, the λ / 4 plate is bonded to the polarizer, and the absorption axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the λ / 4 plate are bonded with an inclination of substantially 45 °. It is preferable to use a circularly polarizing plate.
本発明に係る偏光板は、λ/4板が偏光子に貼合されており、かつ偏光子の吸収軸と該λ/4板の遅相軸が実質的に45°の傾きをもって貼合されて円偏光板とすることが好ましい。 <Polarizing plate>
In the polarizing plate according to the present invention, the λ / 4 plate is bonded to the polarizer, and the absorption axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the λ / 4 plate are bonded with an inclination of substantially 45 °. It is preferable to use a circularly polarizing plate.
本発明に係る偏光板は、偏光子としてヨウ素、又は二色性染料をドープしたポリビニルアルコールを延伸したものを使用し、視認側偏光板はλ/4板(T1)/偏光子/偏光板保護フィルム(T2)、バックライト側偏光板は偏光板保護フィルム(T3)/偏光子/偏光板保護フィルム(T4)の構成で貼合して製造することができる。
The polarizing plate according to the present invention uses a stretched polyvinyl alcohol doped with iodine or a dichroic dye as a polarizer, and the viewing side polarizing plate is a λ / 4 plate (T1) / polarizer / polarizing plate protection. A film (T2) and a backlight side polarizing plate can be manufactured by bonding with the constitution of polarizing plate protective film (T3) / polarizer / polarizing plate protective film (T4).
本発明に係る偏光板に好ましく用いられる偏光子としては、ポリビニルアルコール系偏光フィルムが挙げられ、これはポリビニルアルコール系フィルムにヨウ素を染色させたものと二色性染料を染色させたものがある。ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムとしては、エチレンで変性された変性ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムが好ましく用いられる。偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を製膜し、これを一軸延伸させて染色するか、染色した後一軸延伸してから、好ましくはホウ素化合物で耐久性処理を行ったものが用いられている。延伸は、フィルム製膜方向に一軸延伸を行うか、又はフィルム製膜方向に対して前述の斜め延伸装置を用いて斜め45°方向に延伸することが好ましい。
Examples of the polarizer preferably used in the polarizing plate according to the present invention include a polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film, which includes a polyvinyl alcohol film dyed with iodine and a dichroic dye dyed. As the polyvinyl alcohol film, a modified polyvinyl alcohol film modified with ethylene is preferably used. For the polarizer, a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution is formed into a film and dyed by uniaxial stretching or dyed or uniaxially stretched and then preferably subjected to a durability treatment with a boron compound. Stretching is preferably performed uniaxially in the film forming direction, or stretched in an oblique 45 ° direction using the aforementioned oblique stretching apparatus with respect to the film forming direction.
偏光子の膜厚は5~40μmの範囲内、好ましくは5~30μmの範囲内であり、特に好ましくは5~20μmの範囲内である。
The film thickness of the polarizer is in the range of 5 to 40 μm, preferably in the range of 5 to 30 μm, and particularly preferably in the range of 5 to 20 μm.
偏光板は一般的な方法で作製することができる。アルカリ鹸化処理した本発明に係る偏光板保護フィルムは、ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムをヨウ素溶液中に浸漬延伸して作製した偏光子の少なくとも一方の面に、完全鹸化型ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を用いて貼り合わせることが好ましい。
The polarizing plate can be produced by a general method. The polarizing plate protective film according to the present invention subjected to alkali saponification treatment is bonded to at least one surface of a polarizer prepared by immersing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution. Is preferred.
偏光板は、更に該偏光板の一方の面にプロテクトフィルムを、反対面にセパレートフィルムを貼合して構成することができる。プロテクトフィルム及びセパレートフィルムは偏光板出荷時、製品検査時等において偏光板を保護する目的で用いられる。
The polarizing plate can be constructed by further bonding a protective film on one side of the polarizing plate and a separate film on the other side. The protective film and the separate film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipping the polarizing plate and at the time of product inspection.
<立体映像表示装置>
本発明の液晶表示装置は、立体映像表示装置に好適に用いることができる。例えば、液晶表示装置と液晶シャッタメガネとからなる立体映像表示装置であって、当該液晶シャッタメガネが、(1)λ/4板、液晶セル、及び偏光子がこの順に設けられている、又は(2)λ/4板、偏光子、液晶セル、及び偏光子がこの順に設けられている液晶シャッタメガネである立体映像表示装置に用いることができる。 <Stereoscopic image display device>
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention can be suitably used for a stereoscopic video display device. For example, a stereoscopic image display device including a liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal shutter glasses, wherein the liquid crystal shutter glasses are provided with (1) a λ / 4 plate, a liquid crystal cell, and a polarizer in this order, or ( 2) A λ / 4 plate, a polarizer, a liquid crystal cell, and a stereoscopic video display device which is liquid crystal shutter glasses in which a polarizer is provided in this order.
本発明の液晶表示装置は、立体映像表示装置に好適に用いることができる。例えば、液晶表示装置と液晶シャッタメガネとからなる立体映像表示装置であって、当該液晶シャッタメガネが、(1)λ/4板、液晶セル、及び偏光子がこの順に設けられている、又は(2)λ/4板、偏光子、液晶セル、及び偏光子がこの順に設けられている液晶シャッタメガネである立体映像表示装置に用いることができる。 <Stereoscopic image display device>
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention can be suitably used for a stereoscopic video display device. For example, a stereoscopic image display device including a liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal shutter glasses, wherein the liquid crystal shutter glasses are provided with (1) a λ / 4 plate, a liquid crystal cell, and a polarizer in this order, or ( 2) A λ / 4 plate, a polarizer, a liquid crystal cell, and a stereoscopic video display device which is liquid crystal shutter glasses in which a polarizer is provided in this order.
上記(1)の態様(メガネの偏光板が一枚の方式)の立体映像表示装置の模式図を図4に示す。また、上記(2)の態様(メガネの偏光板が二枚の方式)の模式図を図5に示す。
FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a stereoscopic image display apparatus according to the above-described aspect (1) (a system in which the polarizing plate of the glasses is one sheet). Further, FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of the above-described aspect (2) (system in which the glasses have two polarizing plates).
なお、いずれの態様の場合も、液晶表示装置の視認側偏光板はλ/4板(T1)/偏光子/偏光板保護フィルム(T2)、またバックライト側偏光板は偏光板保護フィルム(T3)/偏光子/偏光板保護フィルム(T4)の構成になっている。
In either case, the viewing side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device is λ / 4 plate (T1) / polarizer / polarizing plate protective film (T2), and the backlight side polarizing plate is a polarizing plate protective film (T3). ) / Polarizer / polarizing plate protective film (T4).
本発明においては、上記の態様・構成により、立体(3D)画像鑑賞時に首を傾けた際のクロストーク、輝度低下及び色味変化(カラーシフト)を低減でき、使用環境に対して優れた視認性を保つことが可能で、使用環境に対してより耐久性が高い立体映像表示装置とすることができる。
In the present invention, the above-described aspect and configuration can reduce crosstalk, luminance reduction, and color change (color shift) when tilting the neck when viewing a stereoscopic (3D) image, and can be visually recognized in an excellent environment. The stereoscopic video display device can be maintained with high durability and higher durability against the usage environment.
以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
実施例1
実施例では、偏光板保護フィルムを、視認側偏光板の視認側をT1,液晶セル側をT2、バックライト側偏光板の液晶セル側をT3、バックライト側をT4と呼称し区別する。 Example 1
In the examples, the polarizing plate protective film is distinguished by referring to the viewing side of the viewing side polarizing plate as T1, the liquid crystal cell side as T2, the liquid crystal cell side of the backlight side polarizing plate as T3, and the backlight side as T4.
実施例では、偏光板保護フィルムを、視認側偏光板の視認側をT1,液晶セル側をT2、バックライト側偏光板の液晶セル側をT3、バックライト側をT4と呼称し区別する。 Example 1
In the examples, the polarizing plate protective film is distinguished by referring to the viewing side of the viewing side polarizing plate as T1, the liquid crystal cell side as T2, the liquid crystal cell side of the backlight side polarizing plate as T3, and the backlight side as T4.
(セルロースエステルの合成)
特開平10-45804号公報、同08-231761号公報に記載の方法で、表2、表3、及び表4記載のアセチル基置換度を有するセルロースアセテート(表中、CAと呼称)を合成し、その置換度を測定した。具体的には、触媒として硫酸(セルロース100質量部に対し7.8質量部)を添加し、アシル基置換基の原料となるカルボンを添加し40℃でアシル化反応を行った。この時、カルボン酸の種類、量を調整することで置換度を調整した。またアシル化後に40℃で熟成を行った。更にこのセルロースエステルの低分子量成分をアセトンで洗浄し除去した。 (Synthesis of cellulose ester)
By the methods described in JP-A-10-45804 and 08-231761, cellulose acetates having a degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 2, Table 3, and Table 4 (referred to as CA in the table) were synthesized. The degree of substitution was measured. Specifically, sulfuric acid (7.8 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of cellulose) was added as a catalyst, and carvone serving as a raw material for the acyl group substituent was added, and an acylation reaction was performed at 40 ° C. At this time, the degree of substitution was adjusted by adjusting the type and amount of the carboxylic acid. In addition, aging was performed at 40 ° C. after acylation. Further, the low molecular weight component of this cellulose ester was removed by washing with acetone.
特開平10-45804号公報、同08-231761号公報に記載の方法で、表2、表3、及び表4記載のアセチル基置換度を有するセルロースアセテート(表中、CAと呼称)を合成し、その置換度を測定した。具体的には、触媒として硫酸(セルロース100質量部に対し7.8質量部)を添加し、アシル基置換基の原料となるカルボンを添加し40℃でアシル化反応を行った。この時、カルボン酸の種類、量を調整することで置換度を調整した。またアシル化後に40℃で熟成を行った。更にこのセルロースエステルの低分子量成分をアセトンで洗浄し除去した。 (Synthesis of cellulose ester)
By the methods described in JP-A-10-45804 and 08-231761, cellulose acetates having a degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 2, Table 3, and Table 4 (referred to as CA in the table) were synthesized. The degree of substitution was measured. Specifically, sulfuric acid (7.8 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of cellulose) was added as a catalyst, and carvone serving as a raw material for the acyl group substituent was added, and an acylation reaction was performed at 40 ° C. At this time, the degree of substitution was adjusted by adjusting the type and amount of the carboxylic acid. In addition, aging was performed at 40 ° C. after acylation. Further, the low molecular weight component of this cellulose ester was removed by washing with acetone.
置換度の測定は、ASTM-D817-96に規定の方法により求めた。
The degree of substitution was determined by the method specified in ASTM-D817-96.
なお、表2及び表3中CAPと記載されているセルロースエステルは、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートである。CABと記載されているセルロースエステルは、セルロースブチレートである。
In addition, the cellulose ester described as CAP in Table 2 and Table 3 is cellulose acetate propionate. The cellulose ester described as CAB is cellulose butyrate.
<偏光板保護フィルムT1 101の作製>
〈微粒子分散液1〉
微粒子(アエロジル R812 日本アエロジル(株)製) 11質量部
エタノール 89質量部
以上をディゾルバーで50分間攪拌混合した後、マントンゴーリンで分散を行った。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T1 101>
<Fine particle dispersion 1>
Fine particles (Aerosil R812 manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 11 parts by weight Ethanol 89 parts by weight The above was stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 50 minutes, and then dispersed with Manton Gorin.
〈微粒子分散液1〉
微粒子(アエロジル R812 日本アエロジル(株)製) 11質量部
エタノール 89質量部
以上をディゾルバーで50分間攪拌混合した後、マントンゴーリンで分散を行った。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T1 101>
<
Fine particles (Aerosil R812 manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 11 parts by weight Ethanol 89 parts by weight The above was stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 50 minutes, and then dispersed with Manton Gorin.
〈微粒子添加液1〉
メチレンクロライドを入れた溶解タンクに十分攪拌しながら、微粒子分散液1をゆっくりと添加した。更に、二次粒子の粒径が所定の大きさとなるようにアトライターにて分散を行った。これを日本精線(株)製のファインメットNFで濾過し、微粒子添加液1を調製した。 <Fineparticle addition liquid 1>
Thefine particle dispersion 1 was slowly added to the dissolution tank containing methylene chloride with sufficient stirring. Further, the particles were dispersed by an attritor so that the secondary particles had a predetermined particle size. This was filtered through Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to prepare a fine particle additive solution 1.
メチレンクロライドを入れた溶解タンクに十分攪拌しながら、微粒子分散液1をゆっくりと添加した。更に、二次粒子の粒径が所定の大きさとなるようにアトライターにて分散を行った。これを日本精線(株)製のファインメットNFで濾過し、微粒子添加液1を調製した。 <Fine
The
メチレンクロライド 99質量部
微粒子分散液1 5質量部
下記組成の主ドープを調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにアセチル基置換度1.90のセルロースアセテートを攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解し。これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。 Methylene chloride 99 parts by massFine particle dispersion 1 5 parts by mass A main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree of 1.90 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
微粒子分散液1 5質量部
下記組成の主ドープを調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにアセチル基置換度1.90のセルロースアセテートを攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解し。これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。 Methylene chloride 99 parts by mass
〈主ドープの組成〉
メチレンクロライド 340質量部
エタノール 64質量部
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度1.90、Mw=200000) 100質量部
糖エステル化合物(例示化合物1-7) 10質量部
エステル化合物(例示化合物2-17) 3質量部
チヌビン928(BASFジャパン製) 0.1質量部
微粒子添加液1 1質量部
以上を密閉されている主溶解釜に投入し、拡販しながら溶解してドープを調整した。次いで、無端ベルト流延装置を用い、ドープを温度33℃、2000mm幅でステンレスベルト支持体上に均一に流延した。ステンレスベルトの温度は30℃に制御した。 <Composition of main dope>
Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.90, Mw = 200000) 100 parts by mass Sugar ester compound (Exemplary compound 1-7) 10 parts by mass Ester compound (Exemplary compound 2-17) 3 Part by mass Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 0.1 part by massParticulate additive solution 1 1 part by mass The above was put into a sealed main dissolution vessel and dissolved while expanding sales to prepare a dope. Next, using an endless belt casting apparatus, the dope was cast uniformly on a stainless steel belt support at a temperature of 33 ° C. and a width of 2000 mm. The temperature of the stainless steel belt was controlled at 30 ° C.
メチレンクロライド 340質量部
エタノール 64質量部
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度1.90、Mw=200000) 100質量部
糖エステル化合物(例示化合物1-7) 10質量部
エステル化合物(例示化合物2-17) 3質量部
チヌビン928(BASFジャパン製) 0.1質量部
微粒子添加液1 1質量部
以上を密閉されている主溶解釜に投入し、拡販しながら溶解してドープを調整した。次いで、無端ベルト流延装置を用い、ドープを温度33℃、2000mm幅でステンレスベルト支持体上に均一に流延した。ステンレスベルトの温度は30℃に制御した。 <Composition of main dope>
Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.90, Mw = 200000) 100 parts by mass Sugar ester compound (Exemplary compound 1-7) 10 parts by mass Ester compound (Exemplary compound 2-17) 3 Part by mass Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 0.1 part by mass
ステンレスベルト支持体上で、流延(キャスト)したフィルム中の残留溶媒量が75%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させ、次いで剥離張力130N/mで、ステンレスベルト支持体上から剥離した。
On the stainless steel belt support, the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent in the cast (cast) film reached 75%, and then peeled off from the stainless steel belt support with a peeling tension of 130 N / m.
剥離したセルロースアセテートフィルムを剥離後、テンターにより140℃の熱風を当てて、延伸率32%まで拡幅した後、延伸率が30%となるように140℃で60秒間緩和させた。その後テンター搬送からローラ搬送に移行し、更に120℃から150℃で乾燥し巻き取った。
After peeling off the peeled cellulose acetate film, hot air at 140 ° C. was applied by a tenter to widen the stretch rate to 32%, and then relaxed at 140 ° C. for 60 seconds so that the stretch rate was 30%. Thereafter, the tenter conveyance was shifted to the roller conveyance, and the film was further dried at 120 to 150 ° C. and wound up.
さらに、特開2009-214441号公報の実施例1に記載の装置(延伸機A:図11)を用い、温度170℃、倍率1.5倍で遅相軸がフィルム長手方向と45°をなすように斜め方向に延伸を行った。
Furthermore, using the apparatus described in Example 1 of JP-A-2009-214441 (stretching machine A: FIG. 11), the slow axis forms 45 ° with the film longitudinal direction at a temperature of 170 ° C. and a magnification of 1.5 times. Thus, it extended | stretched in the diagonal direction.
次いで、乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させた。乾燥温度は130℃で、搬送張力は100N/mとした。
Next, drying was terminated while the drying zone was conveyed by a number of rollers. The drying temperature was 130 ° C. and the transport tension was 100 N / m.
以上のようにして、乾燥膜厚40μm、巻数3000mの偏光板保護フィルム101を得た。得られたフィルムは後述する方法でリターデーションを測定したところ、Ro153nm、Rt110nmでありλ/4板として機能する偏光板保護フィルムであった。
Thus, a polarizing plate protective film 101 having a dry film thickness of 40 μm and a winding number of 3000 m was obtained. When the retardation of the obtained film was measured by the method described later, it was Ro 153 nm, Rt 110 nm, and was a polarizing plate protective film functioning as a λ / 4 plate.
<偏光板保護フィルムT1 102~113の作製>
偏光板保護フィルム101の作製において、セルロースアセテートを表2記載のアセチル基置換度を有するセルロースアセテートに変更し、添加剤を下記化合物に変え、膜厚を調整した以外は同様にして、偏光板保護フィルムT1 102~113を作製した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T1 102-113>
In the production of the polarizing plate protective film 101, the polarizing plate protection was performed in the same manner except that the cellulose acetate was changed to the cellulose acetate having the degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 2, the additives were changed to the following compounds, and the film thickness was adjusted. Films T1 102 to 113 were produced.
偏光板保護フィルム101の作製において、セルロースアセテートを表2記載のアセチル基置換度を有するセルロースアセテートに変更し、添加剤を下記化合物に変え、膜厚を調整した以外は同様にして、偏光板保護フィルムT1 102~113を作製した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T1 102-113>
In the production of the polarizing plate protective film 101, the polarizing plate protection was performed in the same manner except that the cellulose acetate was changed to the cellulose acetate having the degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 2, the additives were changed to the following compounds, and the film thickness was adjusted. Films T1 102 to 113 were produced.
なお、表2中延伸方向のMDとはフィルム流延方向への延伸をいい、延伸率は30%となるようにローラの周速差をつけて延伸した。
In Table 2, MD in the stretching direction means stretching in the film casting direction, and stretching was performed with a difference in peripheral speed of the rollers so that the stretching ratio was 30%.
また、表2、3中、化合物Aは1,3,5-トリアジン環を含むリターデーション上昇剤で下記構造の化合物であり、TPPはトリフェニレンホスフェート、BDPはビフェニルジフェニルホスフェートを各々表す。
In Tables 2 and 3, Compound A is a retardation increasing agent containing a 1,3,5-triazine ring and is a compound having the following structure. TPP represents triphenylene phosphate and BDP represents biphenyl diphenyl phosphate.
<偏光板保護フィルムT1 114の作製>
〈シクロオレフィンポリマーフィルム(COP)の作製〉
窒素雰囲気下、脱水したシクロヘキサン500部に、1-ヘキセン1.2部、ジブチルエーテル0.15部、トリイソブチルアルミニウム0.30部を室温で反応器に入れ混合した後、45℃に保ちながら、トリシクロ[4.3.0.12,5]デカ-3,7-ジエン(ジシクロペンタジエン、以下、DCPと略記)20部、1,4-メタノ-1,4,4a,9a-テトラヒドロフルオレン(以下、MTFと略記)140部、及び8-メチル-テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]-ドデカ-3-エン(以下、MTDと略記)40部からなるノルボルネン系モノマー混合物と、六塩化タングステン(0.7%トルエン溶液)40部とを、2時間かけて連続的に添加し重合した。重合溶液にブチルグリシジルエーテル1.06部とイソプロピルアルコール0.52部を加えて重合触媒を不活性化し重合反応を停止させた。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T1 114>
<Production of cycloolefin polymer film (COP)>
In a nitrogen atmosphere, dehydrated cyclohexane (500 parts), 1-hexene (1.2 parts), dibutyl ether (0.15 parts), and triisobutylaluminum (0.30 parts) were mixed in a reactor at room temperature. 20 parts of tricyclo [4.3.0.12,5] deca-3,7-diene (dicyclopentadiene, hereinafter abbreviated as DCP), 1,4-methano-1,4,4a, 9a-tetrahydrofluorene ( A norbornene-based monomer comprising 140 parts of MTF) and 40 parts of 8-methyl-tetracyclo [4.4.0.12, 5.17,10] -dodec-3-ene (hereinafter abbreviated as MTD). The mixture and 40 parts of tungsten hexachloride (0.7% toluene solution) were continuously added over 2 hours for polymerization. To the polymerization solution, 1.06 part of butyl glycidyl ether and 0.52 part of isopropyl alcohol were added to deactivate the polymerization catalyst and stop the polymerization reaction.
〈シクロオレフィンポリマーフィルム(COP)の作製〉
窒素雰囲気下、脱水したシクロヘキサン500部に、1-ヘキセン1.2部、ジブチルエーテル0.15部、トリイソブチルアルミニウム0.30部を室温で反応器に入れ混合した後、45℃に保ちながら、トリシクロ[4.3.0.12,5]デカ-3,7-ジエン(ジシクロペンタジエン、以下、DCPと略記)20部、1,4-メタノ-1,4,4a,9a-テトラヒドロフルオレン(以下、MTFと略記)140部、及び8-メチル-テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]-ドデカ-3-エン(以下、MTDと略記)40部からなるノルボルネン系モノマー混合物と、六塩化タングステン(0.7%トルエン溶液)40部とを、2時間かけて連続的に添加し重合した。重合溶液にブチルグリシジルエーテル1.06部とイソプロピルアルコール0.52部を加えて重合触媒を不活性化し重合反応を停止させた。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T1 114>
<Production of cycloolefin polymer film (COP)>
In a nitrogen atmosphere, dehydrated cyclohexane (500 parts), 1-hexene (1.2 parts), dibutyl ether (0.15 parts), and triisobutylaluminum (0.30 parts) were mixed in a reactor at room temperature. 20 parts of tricyclo [4.3.0.12,5] deca-3,7-diene (dicyclopentadiene, hereinafter abbreviated as DCP), 1,4-methano-1,4,4a, 9a-tetrahydrofluorene ( A norbornene-based monomer comprising 140 parts of MTF) and 40 parts of 8-methyl-tetracyclo [4.4.0.12, 5.17,10] -dodec-3-ene (hereinafter abbreviated as MTD). The mixture and 40 parts of tungsten hexachloride (0.7% toluene solution) were continuously added over 2 hours for polymerization. To the polymerization solution, 1.06 part of butyl glycidyl ether and 0.52 part of isopropyl alcohol were added to deactivate the polymerization catalyst and stop the polymerization reaction.
次いで、得られた開環重合体を含有する反応溶液100部に対して、シクロヘキサン270部を加え、更に水素化触媒としてニッケル-アルミナ触媒(日揮化学社製)5部を加え、水素により5MPaに加圧して撹拌しながら温度200℃まで加温した後、4時間反応させ、DCP/MTF/MTD開環重合体水素化ポリマーを20%含有する反応溶液を得た。濾過により水素化触媒を除去した後、軟質重合体(クラレ社製;セプトン2002)、及び酸化防止剤(BASFジャパン社製;イルガノックス1010)を、得られた溶液にそれぞれ添加して溶解させた(いずれも重合体100部あたり0.1部)。次いで、溶液から、溶媒であるシクロヘキサン及びその他の揮発成分を、円筒型濃縮乾燥器(日立製作所製)を用いて除去し、水素化ポリマーを溶融状態で押出機からストランド状に押出し、冷却後ペレット化して回収した。重合体中の各ノルボルネン系モノマーの共重合比率を、重合後の溶液中の残留ノルボルネン類組成(ガスクロマトグラフィー法による)から計算したところ、DCP/MTF/MTD=10/70/20でほぼ仕込み組成に等しかった。この開環重合体水素添加物の、重量平均分子量(Mw)は31000、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は2.5、水素添加率は99.9%、Tgは134℃であった。
Next, 270 parts of cyclohexane is added to 100 parts of the reaction solution containing the obtained ring-opening polymer, and further 5 parts of a nickel-alumina catalyst (manufactured by JGC Chemical Co., Ltd.) is added as a hydrogenation catalyst. The mixture was heated to 200 ° C. while being pressurized and stirred, and then reacted for 4 hours to obtain a reaction solution containing 20% of a DCP / MTF / MTD ring-opening polymer hydrogenated polymer. After removing the hydrogenation catalyst by filtration, a soft polymer (manufactured by Kuraray; Septon 2002) and an antioxidant (manufactured by BASF Japan; Irganox 1010) were added to each of the obtained solutions and dissolved. (All are 0.1 parts per 100 parts of polymer). Next, cyclohexane and other volatile components, which are solvents, are removed from the solution using a cylindrical concentration dryer (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), the hydrogenated polymer is extruded in a strand form from an extruder in a molten state, and pellets after cooling. And recovered. When the copolymerization ratio of each norbornene monomer in the polymer was calculated from the composition of residual norbornenes in the solution after polymerization (by gas chromatography method), it was almost charged at DCP / MTF / MTD = 10/70/20. It was equal to the composition. This hydrogenated ring-opened polymer had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 31,000, a molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) of 2.5, a hydrogenation rate of 99.9%, and a Tg of 134 ° C.
得られた開環重合体水素添加物のペレットを、空気を流通させた熱風乾燥器を用いて70℃で2時間乾燥して水分を除去した。次いで、前記ペレットを、リップ幅1.6mのコートハンガータイプのTダイを有する短軸押出機(三菱重工業株式会社製:スクリュー径90mm、Tダイリップ部材質は炭化タングステン、溶融樹脂との剥離強度44N)を用いて溶融押出成形して厚さ100μmのシクロオレフィンポリマーフィルムを製造した。押出成形は、クラス10000以下のクリーンルーム内で、溶融樹脂温度240℃、Tダイ温度240℃の成形条件にて行った。得られたシクロオレフィンポリマーフィルムは、前記斜め方向に延伸温度135℃にて1.5倍延伸した。その際フィルムの面内遅相軸とフィルム幅手方向とのなす配向角偏差を±0.4°以内にするように、テンター装置の長さ、クリップ間隔及びクリップの張力を調整した。その後両耳をスリットし、膜厚87μm、幅1.5mに加工してロール状に巻き取り、偏光板保護フィルムT1 114とした。また、巻き取る際にプロテクトフィルムとしてポリエステルフィルムを一緒に巻き取った。
The obtained ring-opened polymer hydrogenated pellets were dried at 70 ° C. for 2 hours using a hot air dryer in which air was circulated to remove moisture. Next, the pellets were subjected to a short shaft extruder having a coat hanger type T die with a lip width of 1.6 m (Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd .: screw diameter 90 mm, T die lip material was tungsten carbide, peel strength from molten resin 44 N ) Was used to produce a cycloolefin polymer film having a thickness of 100 μm. Extrusion molding was performed in a clean room of class 10000 or less under molding conditions of a molten resin temperature of 240 ° C. and a T die temperature of 240 ° C. The obtained cycloolefin polymer film was stretched 1.5 times in the oblique direction at a stretching temperature of 135 ° C. At that time, the length of the tenter device, the clip interval, and the tension of the clip were adjusted so that the orientation angle deviation between the in-plane slow axis of the film and the width direction of the film was within ± 0.4 °. Thereafter, both ears were slit, processed into a film thickness of 87 μm and a width of 1.5 m, and wound into a roll to obtain a polarizing plate protective film T1 114. Moreover, the polyester film was wound up together as a protective film when winding up.
<偏光板保護フィルムT1 115の作製>
λ/4板であるポリカーボネート樹脂フィルム(PC)として、帝人化成(株)ピュアエースTT-138を用い偏光板保護フィルムT1 115とした。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T1 115>
As a polycarbonate resin film (PC) which is a λ / 4 plate, Teijin Chemicals Co., Ltd. Pure Ace TT-138 was used as a polarizing plate protective film T1 115.
λ/4板であるポリカーボネート樹脂フィルム(PC)として、帝人化成(株)ピュアエースTT-138を用い偏光板保護フィルムT1 115とした。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T1 115>
As a polycarbonate resin film (PC) which is a λ / 4 plate, Teijin Chemicals Co., Ltd. Pure Ace TT-138 was used as a polarizing plate protective film T1 115.
<偏光板保護フィルムT2 201の作製>
下記組成の主ドープを調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにアセチル基置換度1.90のセルロースアセテートを攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解し。これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T2 201>
A main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree of 1.90 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
下記組成の主ドープを調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにアセチル基置換度1.90のセルロースアセテートを攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解し。これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T2 201>
A main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree of 1.90 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
〈主ドープの組成〉
メチレンクロライド 340質量部
エタノール 64質量部
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度1.90、Mw=200000) 100質量部
糖エステル化合物(例示化合物1-7) 10質量部
エステル化合物(例示化合物2-14) 3質量部
微粒子添加液1 1質量部
日本精線(株)製のファインメットNFで上記ドープを作製し次いで濾過し、ベルト流延装置を用い、温度22℃、2000mm幅でステンレスバンド支持体に均一に流延した。ステンレスバンド支持体で、残留溶剤量が100%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させ、剥離張力162N/mでステンレスバンド支持体上から剥離した。剥離したセルロースエステルのウェブを35℃で溶媒を蒸発させ、1.6m幅にスリットし、その後、テンターで幅方向(TD方向)に1.35倍に延伸しながら、135℃の乾燥温度で乾燥させた。このときテンターで延伸を始めたときの残留溶剤量は10%であった。テンターで延伸後130℃で5分間緩和を行った後、120℃、130℃の乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させ、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径6インチコアに巻き取り、膜厚45μm、巻数は3000mである偏光板保護フィルムT2 201を作製した。 <Composition of main dope>
Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.90, Mw = 200000) 100 parts by mass Sugar ester compound (Exemplary compound 1-7) 10 parts by mass Ester compound (Exemplary compound 2-14) 3 Part by massParticulate additive solution 1 1 part by mass The above dope was prepared with Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd., then filtered, and uniformly applied to the stainless steel band support at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a width of 2000 mm using a belt casting apparatus. It was cast into. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent reached 100%, and peeling was performed from the stainless steel band support with a peeling tension of 162 N / m. The peeled cellulose ester web was evaporated at 35 ° C., slit to 1.6 m width, and then dried at a drying temperature of 135 ° C. while being stretched 1.35 times in the width direction (TD direction) with a tenter. I let you. At this time, the residual solvent amount when starting stretching with a tenter was 10%. After stretching with a tenter and relaxing at 130 ° C. for 5 minutes, drying is completed while conveying a drying zone of 120 ° C. and 130 ° C. with a large number of rollers, and a knurling process with a width of 10 mm and a height of 5 μm is applied to both ends of the film. A polarizing plate protective film T2 201 having an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m was wound around a 6-inch inner diameter core to have a film thickness of 45 μm and a winding number of 3000 m.
メチレンクロライド 340質量部
エタノール 64質量部
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度1.90、Mw=200000) 100質量部
糖エステル化合物(例示化合物1-7) 10質量部
エステル化合物(例示化合物2-14) 3質量部
微粒子添加液1 1質量部
日本精線(株)製のファインメットNFで上記ドープを作製し次いで濾過し、ベルト流延装置を用い、温度22℃、2000mm幅でステンレスバンド支持体に均一に流延した。ステンレスバンド支持体で、残留溶剤量が100%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させ、剥離張力162N/mでステンレスバンド支持体上から剥離した。剥離したセルロースエステルのウェブを35℃で溶媒を蒸発させ、1.6m幅にスリットし、その後、テンターで幅方向(TD方向)に1.35倍に延伸しながら、135℃の乾燥温度で乾燥させた。このときテンターで延伸を始めたときの残留溶剤量は10%であった。テンターで延伸後130℃で5分間緩和を行った後、120℃、130℃の乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させ、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径6インチコアに巻き取り、膜厚45μm、巻数は3000mである偏光板保護フィルムT2 201を作製した。 <Composition of main dope>
Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.90, Mw = 200000) 100 parts by mass Sugar ester compound (Exemplary compound 1-7) 10 parts by mass Ester compound (Exemplary compound 2-14) 3 Part by mass
<偏光板保護フィルムT2 202~206、211~212の作製>
偏光板保護フィルムT2 201の作製において、セルロースアセテートを表3記載のアセチル基置換度を有するセルロースアセテートに変更し、添加剤及び膜厚を変更した以外は同様にして、偏光板保護フィルムT2 202~206、210~212を作製した。 <Production of Polarizing Plate Protective Films T2 202 to 206, 211 to 212>
In the production of the polarizing plate protective film T2 201, the polarizing plate protective film T2 202- was similarly prepared except that the cellulose acetate was changed to cellulose acetate having the degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 3 and the additives and film thickness were changed. 206, 210 to 212 were produced.
偏光板保護フィルムT2 201の作製において、セルロースアセテートを表3記載のアセチル基置換度を有するセルロースアセテートに変更し、添加剤及び膜厚を変更した以外は同様にして、偏光板保護フィルムT2 202~206、210~212を作製した。 <Production of Polarizing Plate Protective Films T2 202 to 206, 211 to 212>
In the production of the polarizing plate protective film T2 201, the polarizing plate protective film T2 202- was similarly prepared except that the cellulose acetate was changed to cellulose acetate having the degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 3 and the additives and film thickness were changed. 206, 210 to 212 were produced.
<偏光板保護フィルムT2 207~209の作製>
下記組成の主ドープを調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにアセチル基置換度2.50のセルロースアセテートを攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解し。これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T2 207-209>
A main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate with an acetyl group substitution degree of 2.50 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
下記組成の主ドープを調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにアセチル基置換度2.50のセルロースアセテートを攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解し。これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T2 207-209>
A main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate with an acetyl group substitution degree of 2.50 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
〈主ドープの組成〉
メチレンクロライド 340質量部
エタノール 64質量部
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度2.50、Mw=250000) 100質量部
糖エステル化合物(例示化合物1-7) 15質量部
SMA1000P(サートマー社製) 5質量部
微粒子添加液1 1質量部
上記主ドープをミ平均孔径34μmのろ紙及び平均孔径10μmの焼結金属フィルターでろ過し、該主ドープをバンド流延機にて流延した。残留溶剤量が約30質量%でバンドから剥ぎ取ったフィルムをテンターにより140℃の熱風を当てて幅手方向に30%延伸して乾燥した。その後テンター搬送からローラ搬送に移行し、さらに120℃から150℃で乾燥し、偏光板保護フィルムT2 207を巻き取った。このときのフィルム厚さは85μmであった。 <Composition of main dope>
Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.50, Mw = 250,000) 100 parts by mass Sugar ester compound (Exemplified compound 1-7) 15 parts by mass SMA1000P (manufactured by Sartomer) 5 parts by mass Fine particlesAdditive Solution 1 1 part by mass The main dope was filtered with a filter paper having an average pore diameter of 34 μm and a sintered metal filter having an average pore diameter of 10 μm, and the main dope was cast with a band casting machine. The film peeled off from the band with a residual solvent amount of about 30% by mass was stretched 30% in the width direction by applying hot air of 140 ° C. with a tenter and dried. Thereafter, the transfer from the tenter conveyance to the roller conveyance was performed, and the film was further dried at 120 to 150 ° C., and the polarizing plate protective film T2207 was wound up. The film thickness at this time was 85 μm.
メチレンクロライド 340質量部
エタノール 64質量部
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度2.50、Mw=250000) 100質量部
糖エステル化合物(例示化合物1-7) 15質量部
SMA1000P(サートマー社製) 5質量部
微粒子添加液1 1質量部
上記主ドープをミ平均孔径34μmのろ紙及び平均孔径10μmの焼結金属フィルターでろ過し、該主ドープをバンド流延機にて流延した。残留溶剤量が約30質量%でバンドから剥ぎ取ったフィルムをテンターにより140℃の熱風を当てて幅手方向に30%延伸して乾燥した。その後テンター搬送からローラ搬送に移行し、さらに120℃から150℃で乾燥し、偏光板保護フィルムT2 207を巻き取った。このときのフィルム厚さは85μmであった。 <Composition of main dope>
Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.50, Mw = 250,000) 100 parts by mass Sugar ester compound (Exemplified compound 1-7) 15 parts by mass SMA1000P (manufactured by Sartomer) 5 parts by mass Fine particles
上記と偏光板保護フィルムT2 207の作製において、セルロースアセテートのアセチル基置換度、糖エステル化合物、SMA1000Pの添加量、膜厚を変化させた以外は同様にして、表3に記載の偏光板保護フィルムT2 208~209を作製した。
The polarizing plate protective film shown in Table 3 was similarly prepared except that the acetyl group substitution degree of cellulose acetate, the sugar ester compound, the addition amount of SMA1000P, and the film thickness were changed in the production of the above and the polarizing plate protective film T2207. T2 208-209 were produced.
<偏光板保護フィルムT2 210、213の作製>
下記組成の主ドープを調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにアセチル基置換度2.81のセルロースアセテートを攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解し。これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T2 210, 213>
A main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree of 2.81 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
下記組成の主ドープを調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにアセチル基置換度2.81のセルロースアセテートを攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解し。これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate protective film T2 210, 213>
A main dope having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree of 2.81 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This is completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
〈主ドープの組成〉
メチレンクロライド 340質量部
エタノール 64質量部
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度2.81、Mw=230000) 100質量部
リターデーション上昇剤(化合物A) 13質量部
TPP 7.8質量部
BDP 3.9質量部
微粒子添加液1 1質量部
上記主ドープをバンド流延機を用いて流延した。バンドから剥ぎ取ったフィルムを、剥ぎ取りからテンターまでの区間で縦方向に3%延伸し、次いでテンターを用いて幅手方向32%に延伸し、幅方向に緩和させた後にフィルムをテンターから離脱し乾燥させ、膜厚105μm、長さ3000mの偏光板保護フィルムT2 210として巻き取った。 <Composition of main dope>
Methylene chloride 340 parts by weight Ethanol 64 parts by weight Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.81, Mw = 230,000) 100 parts by weight Retardation increasing agent (Compound A) 13 parts by weight TPP 7.8 parts by weight BDP 3.9 parts by weightParticulate additive solution 1 1 part by mass The main dope was cast using a band casting machine. The film peeled from the band is stretched 3% in the longitudinal direction from the stripping to the tenter, then stretched to 32% in the width direction using the tenter and relaxed in the width direction, and then the film is detached from the tenter. Then, the film was dried and wound up as a polarizing plate protective film T2 210 having a film thickness of 105 μm and a length of 3000 m.
メチレンクロライド 340質量部
エタノール 64質量部
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度2.81、Mw=230000) 100質量部
リターデーション上昇剤(化合物A) 13質量部
TPP 7.8質量部
BDP 3.9質量部
微粒子添加液1 1質量部
上記主ドープをバンド流延機を用いて流延した。バンドから剥ぎ取ったフィルムを、剥ぎ取りからテンターまでの区間で縦方向に3%延伸し、次いでテンターを用いて幅手方向32%に延伸し、幅方向に緩和させた後にフィルムをテンターから離脱し乾燥させ、膜厚105μm、長さ3000mの偏光板保護フィルムT2 210として巻き取った。 <Composition of main dope>
Methylene chloride 340 parts by weight Ethanol 64 parts by weight Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.81, Mw = 230,000) 100 parts by weight Retardation increasing agent (Compound A) 13 parts by weight TPP 7.8 parts by weight BDP 3.9 parts by weight
偏光板保護フィルムT2 210の作製において、セルロースアセテートを総アシル基置換度2.4のセルロースブチレートに変更し、膜厚を60μmに調整した以外は同様にして、偏光板保護フィルムT2 213を作製した。
In the production of the polarizing plate protective film T2 210, the polarizing plate protective film T2 213 was produced in the same manner except that the cellulose acetate was changed to cellulose butyrate having a total acyl group substitution degree of 2.4 and the film thickness was adjusted to 60 μm. did.
<偏光板保護フィルムT3 301の作製>
1)セルロースアセテート溶液の調製
下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して各成分を溶解し、セルロースアセテート溶液Dを調製した。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T3 301>
1) Preparation of Cellulose Acetate Solution The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution D.
1)セルロースアセテート溶液の調製
下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して各成分を溶解し、セルロースアセテート溶液Dを調製した。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T3 301>
1) Preparation of Cellulose Acetate Solution The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution D.
(セルロースアセテート溶液D組成)
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度2.86、Mw=200000) 100質量部
メチレンクロライド 402質量部
メタノール 60質量部
2)マット剤溶液の調製
平均粒子サイズ16nmのシリカ粒子(AEROSIL R972、日本アエロジル(株)製)を20質量部、メタノール80質量部を30分間よく攪拌混合してシリカ粒子分散液とした。この分散液を下記の組成物とともに分散機に投入し、さらに30分間以上攪拌して、各成分を溶解し、マット剤溶液を調製した。 (Cellulose acetate solution D composition)
Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.86, Mw = 200000) 100 parts by mass Methylene chloride 402 parts by mass Methanol 60 parts by mass 2) Preparation of matting agent solution Silica particles with average particle size of 16 nm (AEROSIL R972, Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 20 parts by mass and 80 parts by mass of methanol were thoroughly mixed for 30 minutes to obtain a silica particle dispersion. This dispersion was put into a disperser together with the following composition, and further stirred for 30 minutes or more to dissolve each component to prepare a matting agent solution.
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度2.86、Mw=200000) 100質量部
メチレンクロライド 402質量部
メタノール 60質量部
2)マット剤溶液の調製
平均粒子サイズ16nmのシリカ粒子(AEROSIL R972、日本アエロジル(株)製)を20質量部、メタノール80質量部を30分間よく攪拌混合してシリカ粒子分散液とした。この分散液を下記の組成物とともに分散機に投入し、さらに30分間以上攪拌して、各成分を溶解し、マット剤溶液を調製した。 (Cellulose acetate solution D composition)
Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.86, Mw = 200000) 100 parts by mass Methylene chloride 402 parts by mass Methanol 60 parts by mass 2) Preparation of matting agent solution Silica particles with average particle size of 16 nm (AEROSIL R972, Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 20 parts by mass and 80 parts by mass of methanol were thoroughly mixed for 30 minutes to obtain a silica particle dispersion. This dispersion was put into a disperser together with the following composition, and further stirred for 30 minutes or more to dissolve each component to prepare a matting agent solution.
(マット剤溶液組成)
平均粒子サイズ16nmのシリカ粒子分散液 10質量部
メチレンクロライド 76.3質量部
メタノール 3.4質量部
セルロースアセテート溶液D 10.3質量部
3)添加剤溶液の調製
下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、加熱しながら攪拌して、各成分を溶解し、セルロースアセテート溶液を調製した。光学異方性を低下させる化合物(光学異方性低下剤)及び波長分散調整剤については下記に示すものを用いた。 (Matting agent solution composition)
Silica particle dispersion liquid having an average particle size of 16nm 10 parts by mass Methylene chloride 76.3 parts by mass Methanol 3.4 parts by mass Cellulose acetate solution D 10.3 parts by mass 3) Preparation of additive solution The following composition is charged into a mixing tank. Then, the mixture was stirred while heating to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution. The compounds shown below were used for the compound (optical anisotropy reducing agent) and the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent that reduce the optical anisotropy.
平均粒子サイズ16nmのシリカ粒子分散液 10質量部
メチレンクロライド 76.3質量部
メタノール 3.4質量部
セルロースアセテート溶液D 10.3質量部
3)添加剤溶液の調製
下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、加熱しながら攪拌して、各成分を溶解し、セルロースアセテート溶液を調製した。光学異方性を低下させる化合物(光学異方性低下剤)及び波長分散調整剤については下記に示すものを用いた。 (Matting agent solution composition)
Silica particle dispersion liquid having an average particle size of 16
(添加剤溶液組成)
下記光学異方性を低下させる化合物(A-19) 49.3質量部
下記波長分散調整剤(化合物UV-102) 7.6質量部
メチレンクロライド 58.4質量部
メタノール 8.7質量部
セルロースアセテート溶液D 12.8質量部
上記セルロースアセテート溶液Dを94.6質量部、マット剤溶液を1.3質量部、添加剤溶液4.1質量部を、それぞれを濾過後に混合し、バンド流延機を用いて流延した。上記組成で光学異方性を低下させる化合物及び波長分散調整剤のセルロースアセテートに対する質量比はそれぞれ12%、1.8%であった。残留溶剤量30%でフィルムをバンドから剥離し、140℃で40分間乾燥させ、偏光板保護フィルムT3 301を作製した。膜厚は40μmであった。 (Additive solution composition)
Compound (A-19) for reducing optical anisotropy 49.3 parts by mass The following wavelength dispersion adjusting agent (compound UV-102) 7.6 parts by mass Methylene chloride 58.4 parts by mass Methanol 8.7 parts by mass Cellulose acetate Solution D 12.8 parts by mass 94.6 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate solution D, 1.3 parts by mass of the matting agent solution, and 4.1 parts by mass of the additive solution were mixed after filtration, and a band casting machine. Was used for casting. The mass ratio of the compound for reducing optical anisotropy and the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent to cellulose acetate in the above composition was 12% and 1.8%, respectively. The film was peeled off from the band with a residual solvent amount of 30%, and dried at 140 ° C. for 40 minutes to produce a polarizing plate protective film T3 301. The film thickness was 40 μm.
下記光学異方性を低下させる化合物(A-19) 49.3質量部
下記波長分散調整剤(化合物UV-102) 7.6質量部
メチレンクロライド 58.4質量部
メタノール 8.7質量部
セルロースアセテート溶液D 12.8質量部
上記セルロースアセテート溶液Dを94.6質量部、マット剤溶液を1.3質量部、添加剤溶液4.1質量部を、それぞれを濾過後に混合し、バンド流延機を用いて流延した。上記組成で光学異方性を低下させる化合物及び波長分散調整剤のセルロースアセテートに対する質量比はそれぞれ12%、1.8%であった。残留溶剤量30%でフィルムをバンドから剥離し、140℃で40分間乾燥させ、偏光板保護フィルムT3 301を作製した。膜厚は40μmであった。 (Additive solution composition)
Compound (A-19) for reducing optical anisotropy 49.3 parts by mass The following wavelength dispersion adjusting agent (compound UV-102) 7.6 parts by mass Methylene chloride 58.4 parts by mass Methanol 8.7 parts by mass Cellulose acetate Solution D 12.8 parts by mass 94.6 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate solution D, 1.3 parts by mass of the matting agent solution, and 4.1 parts by mass of the additive solution were mixed after filtration, and a band casting machine. Was used for casting. The mass ratio of the compound for reducing optical anisotropy and the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent to cellulose acetate in the above composition was 12% and 1.8%, respectively. The film was peeled off from the band with a residual solvent amount of 30%, and dried at 140 ° C. for 40 minutes to produce a polarizing plate protective film T3 301. The film thickness was 40 μm.
<偏光板保護フィルムT3 302の作製>
(無水マレイン酸単位を含むアクリル酸樹脂MA-2の調製)
特開2007-113109号公報の[0049]記載の「耐熱アクリル樹脂」に従い、無水マレイン酸10モル%、スチレン16モル%、メタクリル酸メチル74モル%の樹脂を合成した。このTgは112℃であった。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T3 302>
(Preparation of acrylic resin MA-2 containing maleic anhydride units)
According to “Heat Resistant Acrylic Resin” described in JP-A-2007-113109 [0049], a resin ofmaleic anhydride 10 mol%, styrene 16 mol%, and methyl methacrylate 74 mol% was synthesized. The Tg was 112 ° C.
(無水マレイン酸単位を含むアクリル酸樹脂MA-2の調製)
特開2007-113109号公報の[0049]記載の「耐熱アクリル樹脂」に従い、無水マレイン酸10モル%、スチレン16モル%、メタクリル酸メチル74モル%の樹脂を合成した。このTgは112℃であった。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T3 302>
(Preparation of acrylic resin MA-2 containing maleic anhydride units)
According to “Heat Resistant Acrylic Resin” described in JP-A-2007-113109 [0049], a resin of
調製した前記アクリル樹脂を90℃の真空乾燥機で乾燥して含水率を0.03%以下とした後、安定剤(イルガノックス1010(BASFジャパン(株)製)0.3質量%添加し230℃において窒素気流中下、ベント付2軸混練押出し機を用い、水中に押出しストランド状にした後、裁断し直径3mm長さ5mmのペレットを得た。
The prepared acrylic resin is dried with a vacuum dryer at 90 ° C. to a water content of 0.03% or less, and then 0.3% by mass of a stabilizer (Irganox 1010 (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.)) is added to 230%. Under a nitrogen stream at 0 ° C., a biaxial kneading extruder with a vent was used to extrude into water to form a strand, which was then cut to obtain a pellet having a diameter of 3 mm and a length of 5 mm.
ペレットを90℃の真空乾燥機で乾燥し含水率を0.03%以下とした後、1軸混練押出し機を用い温度240℃で混練押出しした。この後、押し出し機とギアポンプの間に300メッシュのスクリーンフィルターを設置した。この後、エアポンプを通過させた後、濾過精度7μmのリーフディスクフィルターを通し、ダイからメルトを押出し、キャストした。
The pellets were dried with a 90 ° C. vacuum dryer to a water content of 0.03% or less, and then kneaded and extruded at a temperature of 240 ° C. using a single screw kneading extruder. After this, a 300 mesh screen filter was installed between the extruder and the gear pump. Then, after passing through an air pump, the melt was extruded from the die through a leaf disk filter having a filtration accuracy of 7 μm and cast.
この後、3連のキャストローラ上にメルト(溶融樹脂)を押出した。この時、最上流側のキャストローラ(チルローラ)に、所定の面圧でタッチローラを接触させた。タッチローラは特開平11-235747号公報の実施例1に記載のもの(二重抑えローラと記載のあるもの、但し薄肉金属外筒厚さは2mmとした)を用い、Tg-5℃で使用した。なお、チルローラを含む3連のキャストローラの温度は、タッチローラと接触する最上流側のキャストローラ(第1ローラ)を、所定の温度差(キャストローラ温度-タッチローラ温度)となるようにした。さらに、その次のキャストローラ(第2ローラ)は第1ローラ5℃、その次のキャストローラ(第3ローラ)は第1ローラ-10℃とした。
Thereafter, the melt (molten resin) was extruded onto a triple cast roller. At this time, the touch roller was brought into contact with the most upstream cast roller (chill roller) with a predetermined surface pressure. Use the touch roller described in Example 1 of JP-A-11-235747 (the one described as a double holding roller, but with a thin metal outer cylinder thickness of 2 mm) and used at Tg-5 ° C. did. The temperature of the three cast rollers including the chill roller is such that the most upstream cast roller (first roller) that contacts the touch roller has a predetermined temperature difference (cast roller temperature−touch roller temperature). . Further, the next cast roller (second roller) was a first roller at 5 ° C., and the next cast roller (third roller) was a first roller at −10 ° C.
この後、巻き取り直前に両端(全幅の各5cm)をトリミングした後、両端に幅10mm、高さ20μmのナーリングをつけた。また製膜幅1.5mとし、製膜速度30m/分で3000m巻き取った。製膜後のフィルムの厚さが60μmである偏光板保護フィルムT3 302を作製した。
Then, after trimming both ends (5 cm each of the full width) immediately before winding, knurling with a width of 10 mm and a height of 20 μm was attached to both ends. Further, the film-forming width was 1.5 m, and the film was wound up 3000 m at a film-forming speed of 30 m / min. A polarizing plate protective film T3 302 having a thickness of 60 μm after film formation was produced.
<偏光板保護フィルムT3 303の作製>
(主ドープの組成)
アクリル樹脂ダイヤナールBR85(三菱レイヨン(株)製、MW95000) 70質量部
CAP482-20(アシル基総置換度2.75、アセチル基置換度0.19、プロピオニル基置換度2.56、Mw=200000 イーストマンケミカル(株)製) 30質量部
チヌビン109(BASFジャパン(株)製) 1質量部
チヌビン171(BASFジャパン(株)製) 1質量部
メチレンクロライド 300質量部
エタノール 40質量部
ブタノール 5質量部
上記組成物を、加熱しながら十分に溶解し、ドープを作製した。なお、CAPとはセルロースアセテートプロピオネート樹脂のことである。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T3 303>
(Main dope composition)
Acrylic resin Dianal BR85 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., MW95000) 70 parts by mass CAP482-20 (acyl group total substitution degree 2.75, acetyl group substitution degree 0.19, propionyl group substitution degree 2.56, Mw = 200000) 30 parts by weight Tinuvin 109 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 1 part by weight Tinuvin 171 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 1 part by weight Methylene chloride 300 parts by weight Ethanol 40 parts byweight Butanol 5 parts by weight The composition was sufficiently dissolved while heating to prepare a dope. In addition, CAP is a cellulose acetate propionate resin.
(主ドープの組成)
アクリル樹脂ダイヤナールBR85(三菱レイヨン(株)製、MW95000) 70質量部
CAP482-20(アシル基総置換度2.75、アセチル基置換度0.19、プロピオニル基置換度2.56、Mw=200000 イーストマンケミカル(株)製) 30質量部
チヌビン109(BASFジャパン(株)製) 1質量部
チヌビン171(BASFジャパン(株)製) 1質量部
メチレンクロライド 300質量部
エタノール 40質量部
ブタノール 5質量部
上記組成物を、加熱しながら十分に溶解し、ドープを作製した。なお、CAPとはセルロースアセテートプロピオネート樹脂のことである。 <Preparation of Polarizing Plate Protective Film T3 303>
(Main dope composition)
Acrylic resin Dianal BR85 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., MW95000) 70 parts by mass CAP482-20 (acyl group total substitution degree 2.75, acetyl group substitution degree 0.19, propionyl group substitution degree 2.56, Mw = 200000) 30 parts by weight Tinuvin 109 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 1 part by weight Tinuvin 171 (manufactured by BASF Japan) 1 part by weight Methylene chloride 300 parts by weight Ethanol 40 parts by
上記作製したドープを、ベルト流延装置を用い、温度22℃、2000mm幅でステンレスバンド支持体に均一に流延した。ステンレスバンド支持体で、残留溶剤量が100%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させ、剥離張力162N/mでステンレスバンド支持体上から剥離した。
The produced dope was uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a width of 2000 mm using a belt casting apparatus. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent reached 100%, and peeling was performed from the stainless steel band support with a peeling tension of 162 N / m.
剥離したウェブを35℃で溶媒を蒸発させ、1.6m幅にスリットし、その後、テンターで幅方向に1.1倍に延伸しながら、135℃の乾燥温度で乾燥させた。このときテンターで延伸を始めたときの残留溶剤量は10%であった。
The solvent was evaporated from the peeled web at 35 ° C., slit to 1.6 m width, and then dried at a drying temperature of 135 ° C. while being stretched 1.1 times in the width direction by a tenter. At this time, the residual solvent amount when starting stretching with a tenter was 10%.
テンターで延伸後130℃で5分間緩和を行った後、120℃、130℃の乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させ、1.5m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ10μmのナーリング加工を施し、巻き取り、膜厚40μm、長さ3000mの偏光板保護フィルムT3 303を得た。
After stretching with a tenter and relaxing at 130 ° C for 5 minutes, drying was completed while transporting a drying zone at 120 ° C and 130 ° C with many rollers, slitting to a width of 1.5 m, and a width of 10 mm at both ends of the film. A knurling process having a thickness of 10 μm was performed, and winding was performed to obtain a polarizing plate protective film T3 303 having a thickness of 40 μm and a length of 3000 m.
ステンレスバンド支持体の回転速度とテンターの運転速度から算出されるMD方向の延伸倍率は1.1倍であった。
The draw ratio in the MD direction calculated from the rotational speed of the stainless steel band support and the operating speed of the tenter was 1.1 times.
<偏光板保護フィルムT4 401>
市販のセルロースエステルフィルムとして、コニカミノルタタックKC4UY(コニカミノルタオプト(株)製)を用い、偏光板保護フィルムT4 401とした。上記作製した偏光板保護フィルムT1~T3の構成、及びリターデーション値を以下に示す。 <Polarizing plate protective film T4 401>
As a commercially available cellulose ester film, Konica Minolta Tac KC4UY (manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd.) was used, and a polarizing plate protective film T4 401 was obtained. The constructions and retardation values of the produced polarizing plate protective films T1 to T3 are shown below.
市販のセルロースエステルフィルムとして、コニカミノルタタックKC4UY(コニカミノルタオプト(株)製)を用い、偏光板保護フィルムT4 401とした。上記作製した偏光板保護フィルムT1~T3の構成、及びリターデーション値を以下に示す。 <Polarizing plate protective film T4 401>
As a commercially available cellulose ester film, Konica Minolta Tac KC4UY (manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd.) was used, and a polarizing plate protective film T4 401 was obtained. The constructions and retardation values of the produced polarizing plate protective films T1 to T3 are shown below.
なお、該偏光板保護フィルムT4 401のリターデーションはRo:1nm、Rt:35nmであった。
The retardation of the polarizing plate protective film T4 401 was Ro: 1 nm, Rt: 35 nm.
(リターデーションの測定)
面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)、厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)を測定した。 (Measurement of retardation)
In-plane direction retardation value Ro (590) and thickness direction retardation value Rt (590) were measured.
面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)、厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)を測定した。 (Measurement of retardation)
In-plane direction retardation value Ro (590) and thickness direction retardation value Rt (590) were measured.
アッベ屈折率計(4T)を用いてフィルムの平均屈折率を測定した。また、市販のマイクロメーターを用いてフィルムの厚さを測定した。
The average refractive index of the film was measured using an Abbe refractometer (4T). Moreover, the thickness of the film was measured using a commercially available micrometer.
自動複屈折計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器(株)製)を用いて、23℃、55%RHの環境下24時間放置したフィルムにおいて、同環境下、測定波長が590nmにおけるフィルムのリターデーション測定を行った。上述の平均屈折率と膜厚を入力し、面内方向のリターデーション(Ro)及び厚さ方向のリターデーション(Rt)の値を得た。遅相軸の方向も同時に測定した。
Using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.), in a film that was allowed to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH, measurement of the retardation of the film at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm in the same environment Went. The above-mentioned average refractive index and film thickness were input, and the values of retardation (Ro) in the in-plane direction and retardation (Rt) in the thickness direction were obtained. The direction of the slow axis was also measured at the same time.
式(I):Ro(590)=(nx-ny)×d(nm)
式(II):Rt(590)={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
〔上式中、dは偏光板保護フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表し、nxは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表し、nyはフィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表し、nzは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。各屈折率は、いずれも温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmで測定する。〕
Formula (I): Ro (590) = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (II): Rt (590) = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
[In the above formula, d represents the thickness of the polarizing plate protective film (nm), n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index in the plane direction is maximized in the film, n y is the surface of the film In the inward direction, it represents the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x, and nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm. ]
式(II):Rt(590)={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
〔上式中、dは偏光板保護フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表し、nxは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表し、nyはフィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表し、nzは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。各屈折率は、いずれも温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmで測定する。〕
Formula (II): Rt (590) = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
[In the above formula, d represents the thickness of the polarizing plate protective film (nm), n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index in the plane direction is maximized in the film, n y is the surface of the film In the inward direction, it represents the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x, and nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm. ]
<偏光板の作製>
厚さ、120μmのポリビニルアルコールフィルムを、一軸延伸(温度110℃、延伸倍率5倍)した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate>
A polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 120 μm was uniaxially stretched (temperature: 110 ° C., stretch ratio: 5 times).
厚さ、120μmのポリビニルアルコールフィルムを、一軸延伸(温度110℃、延伸倍率5倍)した。 <Preparation of polarizing plate>
A polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 120 μm was uniaxially stretched (temperature: 110 ° C., stretch ratio: 5 times).
これをヨウ素0.075g、ヨウ化カリウム5g、水100gからなる水溶液に60秒間浸漬し、次いでヨウ化カリウム6g、ホウ酸7.5g、水100gからなる68℃の水溶液に浸漬した。これを水洗、乾燥し、長尺状の偏光子を得た。
This was immersed in an aqueous solution consisting of 0.075 g of iodine, 5 g of potassium iodide and 100 g of water for 60 seconds, and then immersed in an aqueous solution of 68 ° C. consisting of 6 g of potassium iodide, 7.5 g of boric acid and 100 g of water. This was washed with water and dried to obtain a long polarizer.
次いで、下記工程1~5に従って偏光子と前記偏光板保護フィルムT1~T4を表5の組み合わせにて貼合し、視認側偏光板、バックライト側偏光板を作製した。
Subsequently, the polarizer and the polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 were bonded in the combinations shown in Table 5 according to the following steps 1 to 5 to produce a viewing side polarizing plate and a backlight side polarizing plate.
工程1:60℃の2モル/Lの水酸化ナトリウム溶液に90秒間浸漬し、次いで水洗し乾燥して、偏光子と貼合する側を鹸化した偏光板保護フィルムT1~T4を得た。
Step 1: Dipped in a 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide solution at 60 ° C. for 90 seconds, then washed with water and dried to obtain polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 having a saponified side to be bonded to a polarizer.
工程2:前記偏光子を固形分2質量%のポリビニルアルコール接着剤槽中に1~2秒浸漬した。
Step 2: The polarizer was immersed in a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive tank having a solid content of 2% by mass for 1 to 2 seconds.
工程3:工程2で偏光子に付着した過剰の接着剤を軽く拭き除き、これを工程1で処理した偏光板保護フィルムT1~T4の上にのせて配置した。
Step 3: Excess adhesive adhered to the polarizer in Step 2 was gently wiped off and placed on the polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 treated in Step 1.
工程4:工程3で積層した偏光子と偏光板保護フィルムT1~T4を圧力20~30N/cm2、搬送スピードは約2m/分で貼合した。
Step 4: The polarizer and the polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 laminated in Step 3 were bonded at a pressure of 20 to 30 N / cm 2 and a conveyance speed of about 2 m / min.
工程5:80℃の乾燥機中に工程4で作製した偏光子と偏光板保護フィルムT1~T4とを貼り合わせた試料を2分間乾燥し、表5に記載の偏光板を作製した。
Step 5: A sample obtained by bonding the polarizer prepared in Step 4 and the polarizing plate protective films T1 to T4 in a drier at 80 ° C. was dried for 2 minutes to prepare the polarizing plates described in Table 5.
<液晶表示装置の作製>
視野角測定を行う液晶パネルを以下のようにして作製し、液晶表示装置としての特性を評価した。 <Production of liquid crystal display device>
A liquid crystal panel for viewing angle measurement was produced as follows, and the characteristics as a liquid crystal display device were evaluated.
視野角測定を行う液晶パネルを以下のようにして作製し、液晶表示装置としての特性を評価した。 <Production of liquid crystal display device>
A liquid crystal panel for viewing angle measurement was produced as follows, and the characteristics as a liquid crystal display device were evaluated.
バックライトにLEDを使用しているSONY製BRAVIA KDL-46HX800のあらかじめ液晶パネルに貼合されていた偏光板を剥がして、上記作製した偏光板をそれぞれ表5の組み合わせで液晶セルのガラス面の両面に貼合した。
Strip the polarizing plate that was previously bonded to the liquid crystal panel of Sony BRAVIA KDL-46HX800, which uses LEDs for the backlight, and combine the prepared polarizing plates on both sides of the glass surface of the liquid crystal cell with the combinations shown in Table 5 respectively. Bonded to.
その際、その偏光板の貼合の向きは、あらかじめ貼合されていた偏光板と同一の方向に吸収軸が向くように行い、それぞれの偏光板に対応する表5記載の液晶表示装置501~531を各々作製した。
At that time, the polarizing plate is bonded so that the absorption axis is in the same direction as the polarizing plate bonded in advance, and the liquid crystal display devices 501 to 501 in Table 5 corresponding to the respective polarizing plates are used. 531 were produced.
この液晶表示装置の液晶セルは、カラーフィルタと薄膜トランジスタが透明基板の一方に配置されているCOA構造であり、開口率は測定の結果67%である。(図1参照)。
The liquid crystal cell of this liquid crystal display device has a COA structure in which a color filter and a thin film transistor are arranged on one of the transparent substrates, and the aperture ratio is 67% as a result of measurement. (See FIG. 1).
(3Dメガネ)
SONY製3DメガネTDG-BR100のパネル側に偏光板保護フィルムT1 106を貼合した。 (3D glasses)
A polarizing plate protective film T1 106 was bonded to the panel side of the Sony 3D glasses TDG-BR100.
SONY製3DメガネTDG-BR100のパネル側に偏光板保護フィルムT1 106を貼合した。 (3D glasses)
A polarizing plate protective film T1 106 was bonded to the panel side of the Sony 3D glasses TDG-BR100.
《評価》
作製した液晶表示装置について、赤色画像の評価、コントラストムラ、及び3D映像視聴時の首を傾けた際のクロストークについて評価した。 <Evaluation>
The manufactured liquid crystal display device was evaluated for red image evaluation, contrast unevenness, and crosstalk when the head was tilted during 3D video viewing.
作製した液晶表示装置について、赤色画像の評価、コントラストムラ、及び3D映像視聴時の首を傾けた際のクロストークについて評価した。 <Evaluation>
The manufactured liquid crystal display device was evaluated for red image evaluation, contrast unevenness, and crosstalk when the head was tilted during 3D video viewing.
<コントラストムラ>
23℃55%RHの環境で、液晶表示装置のバックライトを1時間連続点灯した後、測定を行った。測定にはELDIM社製EZ-Contrast160Dを用いて、液晶表示装置で白表示と黒表示の表示画面の法線方向からの輝度を測定し、その比を正面コントラストとした。 <Contrast unevenness>
The measurement was performed after the backlight of the liquid crystal display device was lit continuously for 1 hour in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. For measurement, EZ-Contrast 160D manufactured by ELDIM was used, the luminance from the normal direction of the display screen of white display and black display was measured with a liquid crystal display device, and the ratio was defined as the front contrast.
23℃55%RHの環境で、液晶表示装置のバックライトを1時間連続点灯した後、測定を行った。測定にはELDIM社製EZ-Contrast160Dを用いて、液晶表示装置で白表示と黒表示の表示画面の法線方向からの輝度を測定し、その比を正面コントラストとした。 <Contrast unevenness>
The measurement was performed after the backlight of the liquid crystal display device was lit continuously for 1 hour in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. For measurement, EZ-Contrast 160D manufactured by ELDIM was used, the luminance from the normal direction of the display screen of white display and black display was measured with a liquid crystal display device, and the ratio was defined as the front contrast.
正面コントラスト=(表示装置の法線方向から測定した白表示の輝度)/(表示装置の法線方向から測定した黒表示の輝度)
液晶表示装置の任意の10点の正面コントラストを測定し、以下の基準にて評価した。 Front contrast = (brightness of white display measured from normal direction of display device) / (brightness of black display measured from normal direction of display device)
The front contrast at any 10 points of the liquid crystal display device was measured and evaluated according to the following criteria.
液晶表示装置の任意の10点の正面コントラストを測定し、以下の基準にて評価した。 Front contrast = (brightness of white display measured from normal direction of display device) / (brightness of black display measured from normal direction of display device)
The front contrast at any 10 points of the liquid crystal display device was measured and evaluated according to the following criteria.
◎:正面コントラストのばらつきがなく、ムラもない
○:正面コントラストのばらつきが1~5%未満のばらつきであり、ムラが小さい
△:正面コントラストが5~10%未満のばらつきであり、ムラがややある
×:正面コントラストが10%以上のばらつきであり、ムラが大きい
<視野角の評価>
測定機(EZ-Contrast160D、ELDIM社製)を用いて、正面コントラスト測定と同様に白と黒を表示させて測定し、斜め20~70°の範囲でコントラスト50の最小角度を視野角とした。また、全方位で視野角が80°を超えている場合も80°と表記した。 ◎: There is no variation in front contrast and there is no unevenness. ○: The variation in front contrast is less than 1 to 5% and the variation is small. △: The variation in front contrast is less than 5 to 10% and the variation is slightly Yes ×: Variation in front contrast of 10% or more and large unevenness <Evaluation of viewing angle>
Using a measuring device (EZ-Contrast 160D, manufactured by ELDIM), measurement was performed by displaying white and black in the same manner as the front contrast measurement, and the minimum angle of contrast 50 in the range of 20 to 70 ° was set as the viewing angle. In addition, when the viewing angle exceeds 80 ° in all directions, it is described as 80 °.
○:正面コントラストのばらつきが1~5%未満のばらつきであり、ムラが小さい
△:正面コントラストが5~10%未満のばらつきであり、ムラがややある
×:正面コントラストが10%以上のばらつきであり、ムラが大きい
<視野角の評価>
測定機(EZ-Contrast160D、ELDIM社製)を用いて、正面コントラスト測定と同様に白と黒を表示させて測定し、斜め20~70°の範囲でコントラスト50の最小角度を視野角とした。また、全方位で視野角が80°を超えている場合も80°と表記した。 ◎: There is no variation in front contrast and there is no unevenness. ○: The variation in front contrast is less than 1 to 5% and the variation is small. △: The variation in front contrast is less than 5 to 10% and the variation is slightly Yes ×: Variation in front contrast of 10% or more and large unevenness <Evaluation of viewing angle>
Using a measuring device (EZ-Contrast 160D, manufactured by ELDIM), measurement was performed by displaying white and black in the same manner as the front contrast measurement, and the minimum angle of contrast 50 in the range of 20 to 70 ° was set as the viewing angle. In addition, when the viewing angle exceeds 80 ° in all directions, it is described as 80 °.
<カラーシフトの評価>
測定機(EZ-Contrast160D、ELDIM社製)を用いて、黒表示におけるカラーシフトを測定し、CIE1976UCS色度図の座標(u1’,v1’)であらわし、表示装置の法線から傾斜角60°で360°の測定座標の中で正面方向(u2’,v2’)と最も座標の距離が遠い値をカラーシフトとした。カラーシフト(ΔCS)=((u1’,v1’)2+(u2’,v2’)2)1/2
カラーシフト(ΔCS)を下記基準に従ってレベル評価した。 <Evaluation of color shift>
Using a measuring machine (EZ-Contrast 160D, manufactured by ELDIM), the color shift in black display is measured, expressed as coordinates (u1 ′, v1 ′) in the CIE1976UCS chromaticity diagram, and an inclination angle of 60 ° from the normal line of the display device. In the 360 ° measurement coordinates, a value having the longest coordinate distance from the front direction (u2 ′, v2 ′) is defined as a color shift. Color shift (ΔCS) = ((u1 ′, v1 ′) 2+ (u2 ′, v2 ′) 2) 1/2
The level of color shift (ΔCS) was evaluated according to the following criteria.
測定機(EZ-Contrast160D、ELDIM社製)を用いて、黒表示におけるカラーシフトを測定し、CIE1976UCS色度図の座標(u1’,v1’)であらわし、表示装置の法線から傾斜角60°で360°の測定座標の中で正面方向(u2’,v2’)と最も座標の距離が遠い値をカラーシフトとした。カラーシフト(ΔCS)=((u1’,v1’)2+(u2’,v2’)2)1/2
カラーシフト(ΔCS)を下記基準に従ってレベル評価した。 <Evaluation of color shift>
Using a measuring machine (EZ-Contrast 160D, manufactured by ELDIM), the color shift in black display is measured, expressed as coordinates (u1 ′, v1 ′) in the CIE1976UCS chromaticity diagram, and an inclination angle of 60 ° from the normal line of the display device. In the 360 ° measurement coordinates, a value having the longest coordinate distance from the front direction (u2 ′, v2 ′) is defined as a color shift. Color shift (ΔCS) = ((u1 ′, v1 ′) 2+ (u2 ′, v2 ′) 2) 1/2
The level of color shift (ΔCS) was evaluated according to the following criteria.
◎:0.040未満
○:0.040以上0.060以下
×:0.060超
<3D映像視聴時の首を傾けた際のクロストークの評価>
23℃・55%RHの環境で、液晶表示装置のバックライトを点灯させた直後、3Dメガネをかけて、メガネが25°傾いた状態になるよう首を傾けた状態で3D映像を視聴し、クロストークを下記基準で評価した。 ◎: Less than 0.040 ○: 0.040 or more and 0.060 or less ×: More than 0.060 <Evaluation of crosstalk when tilting neck at the time of 3D video viewing>
Immediately after turning on the backlight of the liquid crystal display device in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH, wear 3D glasses and watch 3D images with the glasses tilted at a 25 ° angle, Crosstalk was evaluated according to the following criteria.
○:0.040以上0.060以下
×:0.060超
<3D映像視聴時の首を傾けた際のクロストークの評価>
23℃・55%RHの環境で、液晶表示装置のバックライトを点灯させた直後、3Dメガネをかけて、メガネが25°傾いた状態になるよう首を傾けた状態で3D映像を視聴し、クロストークを下記基準で評価した。 ◎: Less than 0.040 ○: 0.040 or more and 0.060 or less ×: More than 0.060 <Evaluation of crosstalk when tilting neck at the time of 3D video viewing>
Immediately after turning on the backlight of the liquid crystal display device in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH, wear 3D glasses and watch 3D images with the glasses tilted at a 25 ° angle, Crosstalk was evaluated according to the following criteria.
◎:クロストークが全くない
○:非常に弱いクロストークが見えるが実用上問題はない
△:弱いクロストークが見える
×:クロストークがはっきり見える
以上の評価結果を下記表5に示す。 A: There is no crosstalk. O: A very weak crosstalk can be seen, but there is no practical problem. Δ: A weak crosstalk is seen. X: Crosstalk is clearly seen. The above evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below.
○:非常に弱いクロストークが見えるが実用上問題はない
△:弱いクロストークが見える
×:クロストークがはっきり見える
以上の評価結果を下記表5に示す。 A: There is no crosstalk. O: A very weak crosstalk can be seen, but there is no practical problem. Δ: A weak crosstalk is seen. X: Crosstalk is clearly seen. The above evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below.
表5の記載から、本発明の液晶表示装置の構成であれば、視野角が広く、コントラストムラ、カラーシフト及び首を傾けた際の3D映像視聴時のクロストークの発生が、比較例に対し顕著に改善されることが明かである。
From the description in Table 5, the configuration of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has a wide viewing angle, contrast unevenness, color shift, and occurrence of crosstalk during 3D video viewing when the head is tilted, compared to the comparative example. It is clear that the improvement is significant.
実施例2
実施例1で作製した液晶表示装置のバックライト側偏光板の偏光板保護フィルムT4を、輝度向上フィルム(日東電工社製PCF350)に変更した以外は同様にして液晶表示装置を作製し、評価したところ、実施例1で作製した液晶表示装置より正面輝度が1.1倍向上したが、本発明の液晶表示装置は、実施例1のコントラストムラ、カラーシフト及びクロストークに対する改善効果を再現した。 Example 2
A liquid crystal display device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner except that the polarizing plate protective film T4 of the backlight-side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device prepared in Example 1 was changed to a brightness enhancement film (PCF350 manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation). However, although the front luminance was improved by 1.1 times compared with the liquid crystal display device manufactured in Example 1, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention reproduced the effects of improving the contrast unevenness, color shift and crosstalk of Example 1.
実施例1で作製した液晶表示装置のバックライト側偏光板の偏光板保護フィルムT4を、輝度向上フィルム(日東電工社製PCF350)に変更した以外は同様にして液晶表示装置を作製し、評価したところ、実施例1で作製した液晶表示装置より正面輝度が1.1倍向上したが、本発明の液晶表示装置は、実施例1のコントラストムラ、カラーシフト及びクロストークに対する改善効果を再現した。 Example 2
A liquid crystal display device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner except that the polarizing plate protective film T4 of the backlight-side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device prepared in Example 1 was changed to a brightness enhancement film (PCF350 manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation). However, although the front luminance was improved by 1.1 times compared with the liquid crystal display device manufactured in Example 1, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention reproduced the effects of improving the contrast unevenness, color shift and crosstalk of Example 1.
本発明の液晶表示装置は、偏光板保護フィルムに起因するコントラストムラやカラーシフトが目立たず、また首を傾けて映像を観察した際のクロストークの発生がない特性を有し、液晶表示装置や、立体(3D)映像表示装置に好適に利用できる。
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention has the characteristic that contrast unevenness and color shift due to the polarizing plate protective film are not conspicuous, and there is no occurrence of crosstalk when an image is observed with the neck tilted. It can be suitably used for a stereoscopic (3D) video display device.
1、10 偏光子
2 偏光板保護フィルムT1
3 偏光板保護フィルムT2
4、8 透明基板
5 VAモード型液晶
6 カラーフィルタ
7 薄膜トランジスタ
9 偏光板保護フィルムT3
10 偏光板保護フィルムT4
12 バックライト
13 視認側偏光板
14 バックライト側偏光板
15 液晶セル
DR1 繰出し方向
DR2 巻取り方向
θi 繰出し角度(繰出し方向と巻取り方向のなす角度)
CL,CR 把持具
Wo 延伸前のフィルムの幅
W 延伸後のフィルムの幅
A 液晶シャッタメガネ
A1、A4 偏光子
A2 液晶セル
A3 λ/4板
B 液晶表示装置(例えばテレビジョン(TV))
C 偏光板
C1 λ/4板
C2 偏光子
C3 偏光板保護フィルム
D 液晶セル
E 偏光板
F バックライト
a 吸収軸
b 遅相軸 1, 10Polarizer 2 Polarizing plate protective film T1
3 polarizing plate protective film T2
4, 8Transparent substrate 5 VA mode type liquid crystal 6 Color filter 7 Thin film transistor 9 Polarizing plate protective film T3
10 Polarizing plate protective film T4
12Backlight 13 Viewing-side polarizing plate 14 Backlight-side polarizing plate 15 Liquid crystal cell DR1 Feeding direction DR2 Winding direction θi Feeding angle (angle formed between the feeding direction and the winding direction)
CL, CR Gripping tool Wo Width of film before stretching W Width of film after stretching A Liquid crystal shutter glasses A1, A4 Polarizer A2 Liquid crystal cell A3 λ / 4 plate B Liquid crystal display device (for example, television (TV))
C Polarizing plate C1 λ / 4 plate C2 Polarizer C3 Polarizing plate protective film D Liquid crystal cell E Polarizing plate F Backlight a Absorption axis b Slow axis
2 偏光板保護フィルムT1
3 偏光板保護フィルムT2
4、8 透明基板
5 VAモード型液晶
6 カラーフィルタ
7 薄膜トランジスタ
9 偏光板保護フィルムT3
10 偏光板保護フィルムT4
12 バックライト
13 視認側偏光板
14 バックライト側偏光板
15 液晶セル
DR1 繰出し方向
DR2 巻取り方向
θi 繰出し角度(繰出し方向と巻取り方向のなす角度)
CL,CR 把持具
Wo 延伸前のフィルムの幅
W 延伸後のフィルムの幅
A 液晶シャッタメガネ
A1、A4 偏光子
A2 液晶セル
A3 λ/4板
B 液晶表示装置(例えばテレビジョン(TV))
C 偏光板
C1 λ/4板
C2 偏光子
C3 偏光板保護フィルム
D 液晶セル
E 偏光板
F バックライト
a 吸収軸
b 遅相軸 1, 10
3 polarizing plate protective film T2
4, 8
10 Polarizing plate protective film T4
12
CL, CR Gripping tool Wo Width of film before stretching W Width of film after stretching A Liquid crystal shutter glasses A1, A4 Polarizer A2 Liquid crystal cell A3 λ / 4 plate B Liquid crystal display device (for example, television (TV))
C Polarizing plate C1 λ / 4 plate C2 Polarizer C3 Polarizing plate protective film D Liquid crystal cell E Polarizing plate F Backlight a Absorption axis b Slow axis
Claims (8)
- 偏光子が2枚の偏光板保護フィルムで挟まれた構造を有する視認側偏光板、VAモード型液晶セル、及び偏光子が2枚の偏光板保護フィルムで挟まれた構造を有するバックライト側偏光板を視認側からこの順で有する液晶表示装置であって、該視認側偏光板の視認側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムがλ/4板であり、かつ該VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムの一方が、下記要件(1)で表される位相差を有するフィルムであり、かつ、もう一方の偏光板保護フィルムが下記要件(2)で表される位相差を有するフィルムであることを特徴とする液晶表示装置。
(1)下記式(I)により定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が20~150nmの範囲内であり、かつ下記式(II)により定義される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が220~400nmの範囲内である。
(2)下記式(I)により定義される面内方向のリターデーション値Ro(590)が0~10nmの範囲内であり、かつ下記式(II)により定義される厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rt(590)が-15~15nmの範囲内である。
式(I):Ro(590)=(nx-ny)×d(nm)
式(II):Rt(590)={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d(nm)
(式中、Ro(590)は、温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの面内方向のリターデーション値を表し、Rt(590)は温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmにおけるフィルムの厚さ方向のリターデーション値を表す。また、dは偏光板保護フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。
nxは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表し、nyはフィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表し、nzは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。各屈折率は、いずれも温度23℃、相対湿度55%RH、測定波長590nmで測定する。) A viewing side polarizing plate having a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films, a VA mode type liquid crystal cell, and a backlight side polarizing having a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between two polarizing plate protective films A liquid crystal display device having plates in this order from the viewing side, wherein the polarizing plate protective film located on the viewing side of the viewing side polarizing plate is a λ / 4 plate, and is located across the VA mode type liquid crystal cell One of the two polarizing plate protective films is a film having a retardation represented by the following requirement (1), and the other polarizing plate protective film is a retardation represented by the following requirement (2) A liquid crystal display device, characterized by being a film having
(1) The in-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 150 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II). Rt (590) is in the range of 220 to 400 nm.
(2) In-plane retardation value Ro (590) defined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 0 to 10 nm, and the retardation value in the thickness direction is defined by the following formula (II). Rt (590) is in the range of −15 to 15 nm.
Formula (I): Ro (590) = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (II): Rt (590) = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
(In the formula, Ro (590) represents the retardation value in the in-plane direction of the film at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and Rt (590) represents a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH. Represents the retardation value in the thickness direction of the film at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm, and d represents the thickness (nm) of the polarizing plate protective film.
n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film, n y is in the plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x, n z Represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. Each refractive index is measured at a temperature of 23 ° C., a relative humidity of 55% RH, and a measurement wavelength of 590 nm. ) - 前記VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、液晶セルに対して視認側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、前記要件(1)を満たすことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の液晶表示装置。 The polarizing plate protective film located in the visual recognition side with respect to a liquid crystal cell among the two polarizing plate protective films located on both sides of the said VA mode type liquid crystal cell satisfies the said requirements (1), Item 2. A liquid crystal display device according to item 1.
- 前記偏光板保護フィルムが、少なくともアセチル基置換度Xが、2.0≦X<2.7であるセルロースアセテートを含むことを特徴とする請求項2に記載の液晶表示装置。 3. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 2, wherein the polarizing plate protective film includes at least cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree X of 2.0 ≦ X <2.7.
- 前記VAモード型液晶セルを挟んで位置する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、液晶セルに対してバックライト側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、セルロースエステル樹脂とアクリル樹脂を含むことを特徴とする請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 Of the two polarizing plate protective films located across the VA mode type liquid crystal cell, the polarizing plate protective film located on the backlight side with respect to the liquid crystal cell includes a cellulose ester resin and an acrylic resin, The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
- 前記VAモード型液晶セルが、SPVAモード型であることを特徴とする請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the VA mode type liquid crystal cell is an SPVA mode type.
- 前記液晶表示装置の開口率が、65%以上であることを特徴とする請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein an aperture ratio of the liquid crystal display device is 65% or more.
- 前記液晶表示装置が、カラーフィルターオンアレイ(COA)構造を有することを特徴とする請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the liquid crystal display device has a color filter on array (COA) structure.
- 前記バックライト側偏光板を構成する2枚の偏光板保護フィルムのうち、バックライト側に位置する偏光板保護フィルムが、輝度向上フィルムであることを特徴とする請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示装置。 The polarizing plate protective film located on the backlight side of the two polarizing plate protective films constituting the backlight side polarizing plate is a brightness enhancement film. The liquid crystal display device according to item.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2013507509A JPWO2012133169A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2012-03-23 | Liquid crystal display |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2011-077581 | 2011-03-31 | ||
JP2011077581 | 2011-03-31 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2012133169A1 true WO2012133169A1 (en) | 2012-10-04 |
Family
ID=46930893
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2012/057488 WO2012133169A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2012-03-23 | Liquid crystal display device |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2012133169A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2012133169A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2014184981A1 (en) * | 2013-05-15 | 2014-11-20 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Phase difference film, polarization plate, and liquid crystal display device |
WO2015159645A1 (en) * | 2014-04-16 | 2015-10-22 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
WO2016111058A1 (en) * | 2015-01-09 | 2016-07-14 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Vertical alignment liquid crystal display device |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2005234431A (en) * | 2004-02-23 | 2005-09-02 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Liquid crystal display and polarizing plate set |
JP2009282424A (en) * | 2008-05-26 | 2009-12-03 | Epson Imaging Devices Corp | Liquid crystal display, electronic equipment, and polarizing body |
-
2012
- 2012-03-23 JP JP2013507509A patent/JPWO2012133169A1/en active Pending
- 2012-03-23 WO PCT/JP2012/057488 patent/WO2012133169A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2005234431A (en) * | 2004-02-23 | 2005-09-02 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Liquid crystal display and polarizing plate set |
JP2009282424A (en) * | 2008-05-26 | 2009-12-03 | Epson Imaging Devices Corp | Liquid crystal display, electronic equipment, and polarizing body |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2014184981A1 (en) * | 2013-05-15 | 2014-11-20 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Phase difference film, polarization plate, and liquid crystal display device |
CN105209942A (en) * | 2013-05-15 | 2015-12-30 | 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 | Phase difference film, polarization plate, and liquid crystal display device |
JPWO2014184981A1 (en) * | 2013-05-15 | 2017-02-23 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
WO2015159645A1 (en) * | 2014-04-16 | 2015-10-22 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
WO2016111058A1 (en) * | 2015-01-09 | 2016-07-14 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Vertical alignment liquid crystal display device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2012133169A1 (en) | 2014-07-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP5217913B2 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5023837B2 (en) | Cellulose ester film, method for producing cellulose ester film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5754445B2 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2009210777A (en) | Optical film and polarizing plate using same | |
JP5678965B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device with front plate, liquid crystal display device with front plate | |
KR20140015540A (en) | Elongated polarization plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5671832B2 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2008145739A (en) | Optical film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5182098B2 (en) | Optical film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
WO2017081944A1 (en) | Polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5428045B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display | |
WO2012133169A1 (en) | Liquid crystal display device | |
WO2015008743A1 (en) | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5861700B2 (en) | Stretched cellulose ester film and method for producing the same | |
JP2008039883A (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display | |
JPWO2011114764A1 (en) | Retardation film and polarizing plate provided with the same | |
JP6287211B2 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device | |
WO2018070131A1 (en) | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5549397B2 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2009020399A (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display | |
JP2010185914A (en) | Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2012072223A (en) | Optical film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
JP5012497B2 (en) | Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP4770620B2 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same, and method for producing optical film | |
WO2012111324A1 (en) | Stretched cellulose ester film, and method for producing same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 12762764 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2013507509 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 12762764 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |